cf81498dbcfcaef33a9508660936f32109e33fa6
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GDB.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
19
20 #include "defs.h"
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
22 #include <ctype.h>
23 #include "hashtab.h"
24 #include "symtab.h"
25 #include "frame.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
28 #include "gdbtypes.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
30 #include "gdbcore.h"
31 #include "gdbcmd.h"
32 #include "value.h"
33 #include "command.h"
34 #include "inferior.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
36 #include "target.h"
37 #include "language.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
41 #include "annotate.h"
42 #include "symfile.h"
43 #include "objfiles.h"
44 #include "source.h"
45 #include "linespec.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
47 #include "gdb.h"
48 #include "ui-out.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
51 #include "block.h"
52 #include "solib.h"
53 #include "solist.h"
54 #include "observer.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
56 #include "memattr.h"
57 #include "ada-lang.h"
58 #include "top.h"
59 #include "valprint.h"
60 #include "jit.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
64 #include "continuations.h"
65 #include "stack.h"
66 #include "skip.h"
67 #include "record.h"
68
69 /* readline include files */
70 #include "readline/readline.h"
71 #include "readline/history.h"
72
73 /* readline defines this. */
74 #undef savestring
75
76 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
77 #include "python/python.h"
78
79 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
80
81 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
82
83 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
84
85 static void disable_command (char *, int);
86
87 static void enable_command (char *, int);
88
89 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
90 void *),
91 void *);
92
93 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
94
95 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
96
97 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
98
99 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
100 struct linespec_result *,
101 enum bptype, char *,
102 char **);
103
104 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
105 struct linespec_result *,
106 struct linespec_sals *,
107 char *, enum bptype,
108 enum bpdisp, int, int,
109 int,
110 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
111 int, int, int);
112
113 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
114 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
115
116 static void clear_command (char *, int);
117
118 static void catch_command (char *, int);
119
120 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
121
122 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
123
124 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
125
126 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
127 enum bptype,
128 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
129 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
130 const struct symtab_and_line *);
131
132 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
133 static. */
134 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
135 struct symtab_and_line,
136 enum bptype,
137 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
138
139 static struct breakpoint *
140 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
141 enum bptype type,
142 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
143
144 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
145
146 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
147 CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
148 enum bptype bptype);
149
150 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
151 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
152 struct obj_section *, int);
153
154 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1,
155 CORE_ADDR addr1,
156 struct address_space *aspace2,
157 CORE_ADDR addr2);
158
159 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
160 struct bp_location *loc2);
161
162 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
163 struct address_space *aspace,
164 CORE_ADDR addr);
165
166 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
167
168 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
169
170 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
171 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
172
173 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
174
175 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
176
177 static void commands_command (char *, int);
178
179 static void condition_command (char *, int);
180
181 typedef enum
182 {
183 mark_inserted,
184 mark_uninserted
185 }
186 insertion_state_t;
187
188 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
189 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
190
191 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
192
193 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
194
195 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
196
197 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
198
199 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
200
201 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
202 enum bptype type,
203 int *other_type_used);
204
205 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
206
207 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
208
209 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp);
210
211 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
212
213 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
214
215 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
216
217 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
218
219 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
220 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
221
222 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
223
224 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
225
226 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *,
227 CORE_ADDR pc);
228
229 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
230 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
231 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
232
233 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
234
235 static void update_global_location_list (int);
236
237 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
238
239 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
240
241 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
242
243 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
244
245 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
246
247 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
248
249 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
250
251 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
252
253 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
254
255 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
256
257 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
258 otherwise. */
259
260 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
261
262 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
263 from. */
264 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
265
266 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
267 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
268 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
269 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
270
271 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
272 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
273
274 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
275 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
276
277 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
278 breakpoints. */
279 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
280
281 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
282 breakpoints share a single command list. */
283 struct counted_command_line
284 {
285 /* The reference count. */
286 int refc;
287
288 /* The command list. */
289 struct command_line *commands;
290 };
291
292 struct command_line *
293 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
294 {
295 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
296 }
297
298 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
299 current breakpoint. */
300
301 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
302
303 const char *
304 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
305 {
306 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
307 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
308 a breakpoint. */
309 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
310
311 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
312 }
313
314 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
315 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
316 if such is available. */
317 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
318
319 static void
320 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
321 struct cmd_list_element *c,
322 const char *value)
323 {
324 fprintf_filtered (file,
325 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
326 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
327 value);
328 }
329
330 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
331 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
332 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
333 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
334 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
335 static void
336 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
337 struct cmd_list_element *c,
338 const char *value)
339 {
340 fprintf_filtered (file,
341 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
342 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
343 value);
344 }
345
346 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
347 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
348 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
349 use hardware breakpoints. */
350 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
351 static void
352 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
353 struct cmd_list_element *c,
354 const char *value)
355 {
356 fprintf_filtered (file,
357 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
358 value);
359 }
360
361 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
362 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
363 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
364 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
365 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
366
367 static const char always_inserted_auto[] = "auto";
368 static const char always_inserted_on[] = "on";
369 static const char always_inserted_off[] = "off";
370 static const char *always_inserted_enums[] = {
371 always_inserted_auto,
372 always_inserted_off,
373 always_inserted_on,
374 NULL
375 };
376 static const char *always_inserted_mode = always_inserted_auto;
377 static void
378 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
379 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
380 {
381 if (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto)
382 fprintf_filtered (file,
383 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
384 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
385 value,
386 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
387 else
388 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
389 value);
390 }
391
392 int
393 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
394 {
395 return ((always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_on
396 || (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto && non_stop))
397 && !RECORD_IS_USED);
398 }
399
400 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
401
402 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
403 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
404
405 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
406 static int overlay_events_enabled;
407
408 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
409 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
410
411 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
412 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
413 current breakpoint. */
414
415 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
416
417 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
418 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
419 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
420 B = TMP)
421
422 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
423 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
424 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
425
426 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
427 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
428 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
429 BP_TMP++)
430
431 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
432
433 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
434 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
435 if (is_tracepoint (B))
436
437 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
438
439 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
440
441 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
442
443 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
444
445 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
446
447 static unsigned bp_location_count;
448
449 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
450 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
451 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
452 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
453 an address you need to read. */
454
455 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
456
457 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
458 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
459 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
460 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
461 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
462
463 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
464
465 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
466 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
467 by a target. */
468 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
469
470 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
471
472 static int breakpoint_count;
473
474 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
475 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
476 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
477 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
478 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
479
480 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
481
482 static int tracepoint_count;
483
484 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
485 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
486 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
487
488 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
489 static int
490 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
491 {
492 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
493 }
494
495 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
496
497 static void
498 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
499 {
500 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
501 breakpoint_count = num;
502 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
503 }
504
505 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
506 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
507 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
508
509 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
510 breakpoint made. */
511
512 void
513 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
514 {
515 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
516 }
517
518 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
519 breakpoint made. */
520
521 void
522 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
523 {
524 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
525 }
526
527 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
528
529 void
530 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
531 {
532 struct breakpoint *b;
533
534 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
535 b->hit_count = 0;
536 }
537
538 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
539 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
540
541 static struct counted_command_line *
542 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
543 {
544 struct counted_command_line *result
545 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
546
547 result->refc = 1;
548 result->commands = commands;
549 return result;
550 }
551
552 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
553
554 static void
555 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
556 {
557 if (cmd)
558 ++cmd->refc;
559 }
560
561 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
562 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
563 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
564
565 static void
566 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
567 {
568 if (*cmdp)
569 {
570 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
571 {
572 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
573 xfree (*cmdp);
574 }
575 *cmdp = NULL;
576 }
577 }
578
579 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
580
581 static void
582 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
583 {
584 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
585 }
586
587 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
588 argument. */
589
590 static struct cleanup *
591 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
592 {
593 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
594 }
595
596 \f
597 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
598 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
599
600 struct breakpoint *
601 get_breakpoint (int num)
602 {
603 struct breakpoint *b;
604
605 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
606 if (b->number == num)
607 return b;
608
609 return NULL;
610 }
611
612 \f
613
614 void
615 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
616 int from_tty)
617 {
618 xfree (b->cond_string);
619 b->cond_string = NULL;
620
621 if (is_watchpoint (b))
622 {
623 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
624
625 xfree (w->cond_exp);
626 w->cond_exp = NULL;
627 }
628 else
629 {
630 struct bp_location *loc;
631
632 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
633 {
634 xfree (loc->cond);
635 loc->cond = NULL;
636 }
637 }
638
639 if (*exp == 0)
640 {
641 if (from_tty)
642 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
643 }
644 else
645 {
646 char *arg = exp;
647
648 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
649 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
650 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
651 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
652
653 if (is_watchpoint (b))
654 {
655 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
656
657 innermost_block = NULL;
658 arg = exp;
659 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
660 if (*arg)
661 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
662 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
663 }
664 else
665 {
666 struct bp_location *loc;
667
668 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
669 {
670 arg = exp;
671 loc->cond =
672 parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
673 if (*arg)
674 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
675 }
676 }
677 }
678 breakpoints_changed ();
679 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
680 }
681
682 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
683
684 static void
685 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
686 {
687 struct breakpoint *b;
688 char *p;
689 int bnum;
690
691 if (arg == 0)
692 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
693
694 p = arg;
695 bnum = get_number (&p);
696 if (bnum == 0)
697 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
698
699 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
700 if (b->number == bnum)
701 {
702 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
703 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
704 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
705 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
706 if (b->py_bp_object
707 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b->py_bp_object))
708 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
709 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
710 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
711 return;
712 }
713
714 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
715 }
716
717 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
718 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
719 Throw if any such commands is found. */
720
721 static void
722 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
723 {
724 struct command_line *c;
725
726 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
727 {
728 int i;
729
730 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
731 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
732 "only be used for tracepoints"));
733
734 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
735 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
736
737 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
738 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
739 command directly. */
740 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
741 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
742
743 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
744 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
745 }
746 }
747
748 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
749
750 static int
751 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
752 {
753 return (type == bp_tracepoint
754 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
755 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
756 }
757
758 int
759 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
760 {
761 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
762 }
763
764 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
765 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
766 found. */
767
768 static void
769 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
770 struct command_line *commands)
771 {
772 if (is_tracepoint (b))
773 {
774 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
775 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
776 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
777 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
778 struct command_line *c;
779 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
780 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
781 {
782 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
783 {
784 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
785 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
786 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
787 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
788 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
789 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
790
791 if (while_stepping)
792 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
793 "can be used only once"));
794 else
795 while_stepping = c;
796 }
797 }
798 if (while_stepping)
799 {
800 struct command_line *c2;
801
802 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
803 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
804 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
805 {
806 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
807 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
808 }
809 }
810 }
811 else
812 {
813 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
814 }
815 }
816
817 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
818 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
819
820 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
821 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
822 {
823 struct breakpoint *b;
824 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
825 struct bp_location *loc;
826
827 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
828 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
829 {
830 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
831 if (loc->address == addr)
832 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
833 }
834
835 return found;
836 }
837
838 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
839 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
840
841 void
842 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
843 struct command_line *commands)
844 {
845 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
846
847 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
848 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
849 breakpoints_changed ();
850 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
851 }
852
853 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
854 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
855 commands. */
856
857 void
858 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
859 {
860 int old_silent = b->silent;
861
862 b->silent = silent;
863 if (old_silent != silent)
864 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
865 }
866
867 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
868 breakpoint work for any thread. */
869
870 void
871 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
872 {
873 int old_thread = b->thread;
874
875 b->thread = thread;
876 if (old_thread != thread)
877 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
878 }
879
880 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
881 breakpoint work for any task. */
882
883 void
884 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
885 {
886 int old_task = b->task;
887
888 b->task = task;
889 if (old_task != task)
890 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
891 }
892
893 void
894 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
895 {
896 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
897
898 validate_actionline (&line, b);
899 }
900
901 /* A structure used to pass information through
902 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
903
904 struct commands_info
905 {
906 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
907 int from_tty;
908
909 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
910 char *arg;
911
912 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
913 already-parsed command. */
914 struct command_line *control;
915
916 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
917 yet been read. */
918 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
919 };
920
921 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
922 commands_command. */
923
924 static void
925 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
926 {
927 struct commands_info *info = data;
928
929 if (info->cmd == NULL)
930 {
931 struct command_line *l;
932
933 if (info->control != NULL)
934 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
935 else
936 {
937 struct cleanup *old_chain;
938 char *str;
939
940 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
941 "%s, one per line."),
942 info->arg);
943
944 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
945
946 l = read_command_lines (str,
947 info->from_tty, 1,
948 (is_tracepoint (b)
949 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
950 b);
951
952 do_cleanups (old_chain);
953 }
954
955 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
956 }
957
958 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
959 do anything. */
960 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
961 {
962 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
963 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
964 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
965 b->commands = info->cmd;
966 breakpoints_changed ();
967 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
968 }
969 }
970
971 static void
972 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
973 struct command_line *control)
974 {
975 struct cleanup *cleanups;
976 struct commands_info info;
977
978 info.from_tty = from_tty;
979 info.control = control;
980 info.cmd = NULL;
981 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
982 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
983 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
984
985 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
986 {
987 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
988 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
989 breakpoint_count);
990 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
991 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
992 else
993 {
994 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
995 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
996 numbers will fail in this case. */
997 arg = NULL;
998 }
999 }
1000 else
1001 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1002 our argument. */
1003 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1004
1005 if (arg != NULL)
1006 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1007
1008 info.arg = arg;
1009
1010 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1011
1012 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1013 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1014
1015 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1016 }
1017
1018 static void
1019 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1020 {
1021 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1022 }
1023
1024 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1025 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1026
1027 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1028 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1029 enum command_control_type
1030 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1031 {
1032 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1033 return simple_control;
1034 }
1035
1036 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1037
1038 static int
1039 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1040 {
1041 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1042 return 0;
1043 if (!bl->inserted)
1044 return 0;
1045 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1046 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1047 return 0;
1048 return 1;
1049 }
1050
1051 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1052 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1053
1054 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1055 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1056 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1057 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1058 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1059 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1060 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1061 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1062 and:
1063 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1064
1065 void
1066 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1067 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1068 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1069 {
1070 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1071 search. */
1072 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1073
1074 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1075 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1076 report higher one. */
1077
1078 bc_l = 0;
1079 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1080 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1081 {
1082 struct bp_location *bl;
1083
1084 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1085 bl = bp_location[bc];
1086
1087 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1088 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1089 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1090 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1091
1092 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1093 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1094 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1095
1096 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1097 >= bl->address)
1098 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1099 <= memaddr))
1100 bc_l = bc;
1101 else
1102 bc_r = bc;
1103 }
1104
1105 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1106 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1107 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1108 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1109 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1110 B:
1111
1112 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1113
1114 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1115 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1116 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1117 and L2. */
1118 while (bc_l > 0
1119 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1120 bc_l--;
1121
1122 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1123
1124 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1125 {
1126 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1127 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1128 int bp_size = 0;
1129 int bptoffset = 0;
1130
1131 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1132 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1133 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1134 bl->owner->number);
1135
1136 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1137 content. */
1138
1139 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1140 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1141 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1142 break;
1143
1144 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1145 continue;
1146 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1147 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1148 continue;
1149
1150 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1151 we need to copy. */
1152 bp_addr = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1153 bp_size = bl->target_info.shadow_len;
1154
1155 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1156 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1157 are reading. */
1158 continue;
1159
1160 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1161 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1162 reading. */
1163 continue;
1164
1165 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1166 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1167 {
1168 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1169 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1170 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1171 bp_addr = memaddr;
1172 }
1173
1174 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1175 {
1176 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1177 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1178 }
1179
1180 if (readbuf != NULL)
1181 {
1182 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1183 shadow. */
1184 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1185 bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1186 }
1187 else
1188 {
1189 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = bl->gdbarch;
1190 const unsigned char *bp;
1191 CORE_ADDR placed_address = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1192 unsigned placed_size = bl->target_info.placed_size;
1193
1194 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1195 memcpy (bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1196 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1197
1198 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1199 address. */
1200 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &placed_address, &placed_size);
1201
1202 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1203 breakpoint's INSN. */
1204 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1205 }
1206 }
1207 }
1208 \f
1209
1210 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1211
1212 static int
1213 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1214 {
1215 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1216 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1217 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1218 }
1219
1220 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1221 software. */
1222
1223 int
1224 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1225 {
1226 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1227 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1228 }
1229
1230 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1231 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1232 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1233 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1234 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1235 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1236 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1237 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1238
1239 static int
1240 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1241 {
1242 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1243 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1244 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1245 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1246 }
1247
1248 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1249 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1250
1251 static void
1252 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1253 {
1254 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1255
1256 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1257 {
1258 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1259 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1260 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1261 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1262 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1263 }
1264 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1265 }
1266
1267 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1268 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1269 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1270 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1271 in b->loc->cond.
1272 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1273
1274 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1275 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1276 it.
1277
1278 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1279 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1280 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1281 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1282 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1283 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1284 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1285 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1286
1287 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1288 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1289 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1290 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1291 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1292 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1293 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1294 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1295 not changed.
1296
1297 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1298 hardware watchpoints:
1299
1300 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1301 called several times when GDB stops.
1302
1303 [linux]
1304 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1305 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1306 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1307 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1308 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1309 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1310 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1311 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1312 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1313 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1314 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1315
1316 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1317 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1318
1319 static void
1320 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1321 {
1322 int within_current_scope;
1323 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1324 int frame_saved;
1325
1326 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1327 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1328 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1329 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1330 return;
1331
1332 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1333 return;
1334
1335 frame_saved = 0;
1336
1337 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1338 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1339 within_current_scope = 1;
1340 else
1341 {
1342 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1343 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1344 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1345
1346 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1347 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1348 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1349 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1350 return;
1351
1352 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1353 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1354 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1355 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1356 selected frame. */
1357 frame_saved = 1;
1358 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1359
1360 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1361 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1362 if (within_current_scope)
1363 select_frame (fi);
1364 }
1365
1366 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1367 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1368 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1369 b->base.loc = NULL;
1370
1371 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1372 {
1373 char *s;
1374
1375 if (b->exp)
1376 {
1377 xfree (b->exp);
1378 b->exp = NULL;
1379 }
1380 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1381 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1382 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1383 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1384 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1385 be completely different objects. */
1386 value_free (b->val);
1387 b->val = NULL;
1388 b->val_valid = 0;
1389
1390 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1391 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1392 locations (re)created below. */
1393 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1394 {
1395 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1396 {
1397 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1398 b->cond_exp = NULL;
1399 }
1400
1401 s = b->base.cond_string;
1402 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1403 }
1404 }
1405
1406 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1407 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1408 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1409 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1410 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1411 if ( !target_has_execution)
1412 {
1413 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1414 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1415 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1416 }
1417 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1418 {
1419 int pc = 0;
1420 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1421 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1422
1423 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain);
1424
1425 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1426 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1427 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1428 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1429 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1430 watchpoints. */
1431 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1432 {
1433 b->val = v;
1434 b->val_valid = 1;
1435 }
1436
1437 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1438
1439 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1440 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1441 {
1442 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1443 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1444 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1445 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1446 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1447 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1448 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1449 {
1450 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1451
1452 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1453 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1454 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1455 if (v == result
1456 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1457 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1458 {
1459 CORE_ADDR addr;
1460 int len, type;
1461 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1462
1463 addr = value_address (v);
1464 len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1465 type = hw_write;
1466 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1467 type = hw_read;
1468 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1469 type = hw_access;
1470
1471 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1472 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1473 ;
1474 *tmp = loc;
1475 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1476
1477 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1478 loc->address = addr;
1479 loc->length = len;
1480 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1481 }
1482 }
1483 }
1484
1485 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1486 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1487 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1488 is started. */
1489 if (reparse)
1490 {
1491 int reg_cnt;
1492 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1493 struct bp_location *bl;
1494
1495 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1496
1497 if (reg_cnt)
1498 {
1499 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1500 enum bptype type;
1501
1502 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1503 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1504 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1505
1506 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1507 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1508 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1509 this watchpoint in as well. */
1510
1511 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1512 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1513 hardware watchpoint type. */
1514 type = b->base.type;
1515 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1516 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1517
1518 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1519 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1520 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1521 through watch_command), so always account for it
1522 manually. */
1523
1524 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1525 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
1526
1527 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1528 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
1529
1530 target_resources_ok
1531 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1532 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1533 {
1534 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
1535
1536 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1537 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1538 "hardware watchpoint."));
1539 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1540 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1541 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1542
1543 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1544 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1545 }
1546 else
1547 {
1548 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1549 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1550 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1551 nop. */
1552 b->base.type = type;
1553 }
1554 }
1555 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1556 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1557 "read/access watchpoint."));
1558 else
1559 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1560
1561 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1562 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1563 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1564 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1565 }
1566
1567 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1568 {
1569 next = value_next (v);
1570 if (v != b->val)
1571 value_free (v);
1572 }
1573
1574 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1575 above left it without any location set up. But,
1576 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1577 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1578 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
1579 {
1580 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
1581 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
1582 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1583 base->loc->address = -1;
1584 base->loc->length = -1;
1585 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1586 }
1587 }
1588 else if (!within_current_scope)
1589 {
1590 printf_filtered (_("\
1591 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1592 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1593 b->base.number);
1594 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1595 }
1596
1597 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1598 if (frame_saved)
1599 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1600 }
1601
1602
1603 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1604 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1605 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1606 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1607 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1608 static int
1609 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1610 {
1611 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
1612 return 0;
1613
1614 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1615 return 0;
1616
1617 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
1618 return 0;
1619
1620 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
1621 return 0;
1622
1623 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
1624 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
1625 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
1626 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
1627 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
1628 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
1629 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
1630 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
1631 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
1632 return 0;
1633
1634 return 1;
1635 }
1636
1637 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
1638 that the location is not duplicated. */
1639
1640 static int
1641 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1642 {
1643 int result;
1644 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
1645
1646 bl->duplicate = 0;
1647 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
1648 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
1649 return result;
1650 }
1651
1652 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
1653 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
1654 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1655 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
1656 -1 for failure.
1657
1658 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
1659 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1660 static int
1661 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
1662 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
1663 int *disabled_breaks,
1664 int *hw_breakpoint_error)
1665 {
1666 int val = 0;
1667
1668 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
1669 return 0;
1670
1671 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1672 memset (&bl->target_info, 0, sizeof (bl->target_info));
1673 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
1674 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
1675 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
1676
1677 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1678 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1679 {
1680 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
1681 {
1682 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1683 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1684 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1685
1686 Two important cases are:
1687 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1688 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1689 hardware breakpoint.
1690 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
1691 read-write. This means we've previously made the
1692 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
1693 so we undo.
1694
1695 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
1696 location types we've just set here, the only possible
1697 problem is that memory map has changed during running
1698 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
1699 gdb. */
1700 struct mem_region *mr
1701 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
1702
1703 if (mr)
1704 {
1705 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
1706 {
1707 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
1708
1709 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1710 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
1711 else
1712 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
1713
1714 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
1715 {
1716 static int said = 0;
1717
1718 bl->loc_type = new_type;
1719 if (!said)
1720 {
1721 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
1722 _("Note: automatically using "
1723 "hardware breakpoints for "
1724 "read-only addresses.\n"));
1725 said = 1;
1726 }
1727 }
1728 }
1729 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1730 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1731 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
1732 "at readonly address %s"),
1733 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
1734 }
1735 }
1736
1737 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1738 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
1739 || bl->section == NULL
1740 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
1741 {
1742 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1743
1744 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1745 }
1746 else
1747 {
1748 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1749 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1750 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
1751 {
1752 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1753 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1754 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1755 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1756 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1757 bl->owner->number);
1758 else
1759 {
1760 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
1761 bl->section);
1762 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1763 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
1764 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
1765 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
1766 &bl->overlay_target_info);
1767 if (val != 0)
1768 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1769 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
1770 "failed: in ROM?\n",
1771 bl->owner->number);
1772 }
1773 }
1774 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1775 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
1776 {
1777 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1778 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1779 }
1780 else
1781 {
1782 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1783 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1784 return 0;
1785 }
1786 }
1787
1788 if (val)
1789 {
1790 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1791 if (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
1792 {
1793 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1794 val = 0;
1795 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
1796 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
1797 if (!*disabled_breaks)
1798 {
1799 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1800 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1801 bl->owner->number);
1802 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1803 "Temporarily disabling shared "
1804 "library breakpoints:\n");
1805 }
1806 *disabled_breaks = 1;
1807 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1808 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
1809 }
1810 else
1811 {
1812 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1813 {
1814 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1815 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1816 "Cannot insert hardware "
1817 "breakpoint %d.\n",
1818 bl->owner->number);
1819 }
1820 else
1821 {
1822 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1823 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1824 bl->owner->number);
1825 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
1826 "Error accessing memory address ");
1827 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
1828 tmp_error_stream);
1829 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
1830 safe_strerror (val));
1831 }
1832
1833 }
1834 }
1835 else
1836 bl->inserted = 1;
1837
1838 return val;
1839 }
1840
1841 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1842 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1843 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1844 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
1845 {
1846 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
1847 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
1848
1849 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1850
1851 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
1852 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
1853 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
1854 {
1855 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
1856
1857 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
1858 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
1859 of this one. */
1860 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
1861 if (loc != bl
1862 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
1863 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
1864 {
1865 bl->duplicate = 1;
1866 bl->inserted = 1;
1867 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
1868 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
1869 val = 0;
1870 break;
1871 }
1872
1873 if (val == 1)
1874 {
1875 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
1876 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1877
1878 if (val)
1879 /* Back to the original value. */
1880 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
1881 }
1882 }
1883
1884 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
1885 }
1886
1887 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
1888 {
1889 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
1890 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
1891
1892 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1893 if (val)
1894 {
1895 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
1896
1897 if (val == 1)
1898 warning (_("\
1899 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
1900 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
1901 else
1902 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
1903 }
1904
1905 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
1906
1907 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1908 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1909 so just return success. */
1910 return 0;
1911 }
1912
1913 return 0;
1914 }
1915
1916 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
1917 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
1918 PSPACE anymore. */
1919
1920 void
1921 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
1922 {
1923 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
1924 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
1925
1926 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
1927 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
1928 {
1929 if (b->pspace == pspace)
1930 delete_breakpoint (b);
1931 }
1932
1933 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
1934 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
1935 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
1936 {
1937 struct bp_location *tmp;
1938
1939 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
1940 {
1941 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1942 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
1943 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
1944 else
1945 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
1946 if (tmp->next == loc)
1947 {
1948 tmp->next = loc->next;
1949 break;
1950 }
1951 }
1952 }
1953
1954 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
1955 removed locations above. */
1956 update_global_location_list (0);
1957 }
1958
1959 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1960 Throws exception on any error.
1961 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1962 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1963 void
1964 insert_breakpoints (void)
1965 {
1966 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1967
1968 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1969 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1970 {
1971 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
1972
1973 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1974 }
1975
1976 update_global_location_list (1);
1977
1978 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
1979 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
1980 now. */
1981 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
1982 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1983 }
1984
1985 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
1986
1987 static void
1988 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1989 {
1990 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1991 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
1992 int error_flag = 0;
1993 int val = 0;
1994 int disabled_breaks = 0;
1995 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
1996
1997 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
1998 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
1999
2000 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2001 there was an error. */
2002 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2003
2004 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2005
2006 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2007 {
2008 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
2009 continue;
2010
2011 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2012 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2013 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2014 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2015 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2016 continue;
2017
2018 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2019
2020 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2021 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2022 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2023 insert breakpoints. */
2024 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
2025 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2026 continue;
2027
2028 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2029 &hw_breakpoint_error);
2030 if (val)
2031 error_flag = val;
2032 }
2033
2034 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2035 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2036 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2037 {
2038 int some_failed = 0;
2039 struct bp_location *loc;
2040
2041 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2042 continue;
2043
2044 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2045 continue;
2046
2047 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2048 continue;
2049
2050 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2051 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
2052 {
2053 some_failed = 1;
2054 break;
2055 }
2056 if (some_failed)
2057 {
2058 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2059 if (loc->inserted)
2060 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
2061
2062 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2063 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2064 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2065 bpt->number);
2066 error_flag = -1;
2067 }
2068 }
2069
2070 if (error_flag)
2071 {
2072 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2073 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2074 if (hw_breakpoint_error)
2075 {
2076 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2077 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2078 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2079 }
2080 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2081 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2082 }
2083
2084 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2085 }
2086
2087 /* Used when the program stops.
2088 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2089 removing a breakpoint location. */
2090
2091 int
2092 remove_breakpoints (void)
2093 {
2094 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2095 int val = 0;
2096
2097 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2098 {
2099 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
2100 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2101 }
2102 return val;
2103 }
2104
2105 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2106
2107 int
2108 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
2109 {
2110 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2111 int val;
2112 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2113
2114 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2115 {
2116 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2117 continue;
2118
2119 if (bl->inserted)
2120 {
2121 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2122 if (val != 0)
2123 return val;
2124 }
2125 }
2126 return 0;
2127 }
2128
2129 int
2130 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
2131 {
2132 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2133 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2134 int val;
2135 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
2136 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0;
2137 struct inferior *inf;
2138 struct thread_info *tp;
2139
2140 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
2141 if (tp == NULL)
2142 return 1;
2143
2144 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2145 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2146
2147 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
2148
2149 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2150 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2151
2152 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2153 {
2154 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2155 continue;
2156
2157 if (bl->inserted)
2158 {
2159 bl->inserted = 0;
2160 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2);
2161 if (val != 0)
2162 {
2163 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2164 return val;
2165 }
2166 }
2167 }
2168 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2169 return 0;
2170 }
2171
2172 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
2173
2174 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
2175 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
2176 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
2177 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
2178 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
2179 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
2180 static void
2181 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
2182 {
2183 if (internal)
2184 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
2185 else
2186 {
2187 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
2188 b->number = breakpoint_count;
2189 }
2190 }
2191
2192 static struct breakpoint *
2193 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
2194 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
2195 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
2196 {
2197 struct symtab_and_line sal;
2198 struct breakpoint *b;
2199
2200 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
2201
2202 sal.pc = address;
2203 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
2204 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
2205
2206 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
2207 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
2208 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
2209
2210 return b;
2211 }
2212
2213 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
2214 {
2215 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
2216 };
2217 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
2218
2219 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
2220 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
2221 {
2222 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
2223 struct minimal_symbol *overlay_msym;
2224
2225 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
2226 struct minimal_symbol *longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
2227
2228 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
2229 struct minimal_symbol *terminate_msym;
2230
2231 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
2232 struct minimal_symbol *exception_msym;
2233 };
2234
2235 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
2236
2237 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
2238 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
2239
2240 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
2241
2242 static int
2243 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
2244 {
2245 return msym == &msym_not_found;
2246 }
2247
2248 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
2249 Allocate the data if necessary. */
2250
2251 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
2252 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
2253 {
2254 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2255
2256 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
2257 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
2258 {
2259 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
2260 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
2261
2262 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
2263 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
2264 }
2265 return bp_objfile_data;
2266 }
2267
2268 static void
2269 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
2270 {
2271 struct objfile *objfile;
2272 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
2273
2274 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2275 {
2276 struct breakpoint *b;
2277 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2278 CORE_ADDR addr;
2279
2280 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2281
2282 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym))
2283 continue;
2284
2285 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym == NULL)
2286 {
2287 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2288
2289 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
2290 if (m == NULL)
2291 {
2292 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
2293 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = &msym_not_found;
2294 continue;
2295 }
2296 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
2297 }
2298
2299 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
2300 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
2301 bp_overlay_event,
2302 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2303 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2304
2305 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
2306 {
2307 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
2308 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
2309 }
2310 else
2311 {
2312 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2313 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
2314 }
2315 }
2316 update_global_location_list (1);
2317 }
2318
2319 static void
2320 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
2321 {
2322 struct program_space *pspace;
2323 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2324
2325 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
2326
2327 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
2328 {
2329 struct objfile *objfile;
2330
2331 set_current_program_space (pspace);
2332
2333 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2334 {
2335 int i;
2336 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
2337 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2338
2339 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
2340 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
2341 continue;
2342
2343 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2344
2345 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
2346 {
2347 struct breakpoint *b;
2348 const char *func_name;
2349 CORE_ADDR addr;
2350
2351 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]))
2352 continue;
2353
2354 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
2355 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] == NULL)
2356 {
2357 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2358
2359 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
2360 if (m == NULL)
2361 {
2362 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2363 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = &msym_not_found;
2364 continue;
2365 }
2366 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
2367 }
2368
2369 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
2370 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
2371 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2372 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2373 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2374 }
2375 }
2376 }
2377 update_global_location_list (1);
2378
2379 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2380 }
2381
2382 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
2383 static void
2384 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
2385 {
2386 struct program_space *pspace;
2387 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2388 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
2389
2390 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
2391
2392 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
2393 {
2394 struct objfile *objfile;
2395 CORE_ADDR addr;
2396
2397 set_current_program_space (pspace);
2398
2399 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2400 {
2401 struct breakpoint *b;
2402 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2403
2404 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2405
2406 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym))
2407 continue;
2408
2409 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym == NULL)
2410 {
2411 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2412
2413 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
2414 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text
2415 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text))
2416 {
2417 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2418 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = &msym_not_found;
2419 continue;
2420 }
2421 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
2422 }
2423
2424 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
2425 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
2426 bp_std_terminate_master,
2427 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2428 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2429 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2430 }
2431 }
2432
2433 update_global_location_list (1);
2434
2435 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2436 }
2437
2438 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
2439
2440 void
2441 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
2442 {
2443 struct objfile *objfile;
2444 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
2445
2446 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2447 {
2448 struct breakpoint *b;
2449 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
2450 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2451 CORE_ADDR addr;
2452
2453 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2454
2455 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym))
2456 continue;
2457
2458 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
2459
2460 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym == NULL)
2461 {
2462 struct minimal_symbol *debug_hook;
2463
2464 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
2465 if (debug_hook == NULL)
2466 {
2467 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = &msym_not_found;
2468 continue;
2469 }
2470
2471 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
2472 }
2473
2474 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
2475 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
2476 &current_target);
2477 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
2478 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2479 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2480 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2481 }
2482
2483 update_global_location_list (1);
2484 }
2485
2486 void
2487 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
2488 {
2489 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
2490 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
2491
2492 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
2493 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
2494 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
2495 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
2496 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
2497 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
2498 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
2499 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
2500 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
2501 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
2502 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
2503
2504 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
2505 {
2506 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
2507 continue;
2508
2509 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2510 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
2511 {
2512 delete_breakpoint (b);
2513 continue;
2514 }
2515
2516 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2517 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
2518 {
2519 delete_breakpoint (b);
2520 continue;
2521 }
2522
2523 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
2524 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
2525 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
2526 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
2527 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
2528 {
2529 delete_breakpoint (b);
2530 continue;
2531 }
2532
2533 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
2534 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
2535 {
2536 delete_breakpoint (b);
2537 continue;
2538 }
2539
2540 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
2541 after an exec. */
2542 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
2543 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
2544 {
2545 delete_breakpoint (b);
2546 continue;
2547 }
2548
2549 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
2550 {
2551 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
2552 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
2553 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
2554 a new method, and call this method from here. */
2555 continue;
2556 }
2557
2558 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
2559 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
2560 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
2561 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
2562 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
2563 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
2564
2565 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
2566 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
2567 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
2568 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
2569 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
2570 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
2571 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
2572
2573 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
2574 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
2575 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
2576 let finish_command delete it.
2577
2578 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
2579 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
2580 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
2581 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
2582 solib breakpoints.) */
2583
2584 if (b->type == bp_finish)
2585 {
2586 continue;
2587 }
2588
2589 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
2590 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
2591 a.out. */
2592 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
2593 {
2594 delete_breakpoint (b);
2595 continue;
2596 }
2597 }
2598 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
2599 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
2600 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
2601 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
2602 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
2603 }
2604
2605 int
2606 detach_breakpoints (int pid)
2607 {
2608 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2609 int val = 0;
2610 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2611 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
2612
2613 if (pid == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
2614 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
2615
2616 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
2617 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
2618 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2619 {
2620 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2621 continue;
2622
2623 if (bl->inserted)
2624 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
2625 }
2626
2627 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
2628 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
2629
2630 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2631 return val;
2632 }
2633
2634 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
2635 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
2636 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
2637 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
2638 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
2639
2640 static int
2641 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
2642 {
2643 int val;
2644
2645 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2646 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
2647
2648 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2649 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2650 return 0;
2651
2652 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2653 This should not ever happen. */
2654 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
2655
2656 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2657 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2658 {
2659 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
2660 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
2661 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
2662
2663 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2664 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2665 || bl->section == NULL
2666 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2667 {
2668 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
2669 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2670 }
2671 else
2672 {
2673 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2674 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2675 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2676 {
2677 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
2678 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
2679 */
2680 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
2681 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
2682 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2683 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2684 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2685 else
2686 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2687 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2688 }
2689 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
2690 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
2691 if (bl->inserted)
2692 {
2693 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
2694 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
2695 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
2696 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
2697
2698 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
2699 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
2700 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
2701 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
2702 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2703 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2704 else
2705 val = 0;
2706 }
2707 else
2708 {
2709 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
2710 val = 0;
2711 }
2712 }
2713
2714 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
2715 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
2716 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
2717 if (val && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
2718 val = 0;
2719
2720 if (val)
2721 return val;
2722 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2723 }
2724 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
2725 {
2726 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2727 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
2728
2729 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2730 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2731
2732 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
2733 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
2734 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
2735 bl->owner->number);
2736 }
2737 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
2738 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
2739 && !bl->duplicate)
2740 {
2741 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2742 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
2743
2744 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2745 if (val)
2746 return val;
2747
2748 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2749 }
2750
2751 return 0;
2752 }
2753
2754 static int
2755 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
2756 {
2757 int ret;
2758 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2759
2760 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2761 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
2762
2763 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2764 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2765 return 0;
2766
2767 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2768 This should not ever happen. */
2769 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
2770
2771 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
2772
2773 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2774
2775 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
2776
2777 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2778 return ret;
2779 }
2780
2781 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
2782
2783 void
2784 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
2785 {
2786 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2787
2788 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2789 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
2790 bl->inserted = 0;
2791 }
2792
2793 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
2794 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
2795
2796 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
2797 between runs.
2798
2799 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
2800 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
2801 init_wait_for_inferior). */
2802
2803
2804
2805 void
2806 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
2807 {
2808 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
2809 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2810 int ix;
2811 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
2812
2813 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
2814 nothing to do. */
2815 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))
2816 return;
2817
2818 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2819 {
2820 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2821 if (bl->pspace == pspace
2822 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
2823 bl->inserted = 0;
2824 }
2825
2826 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
2827 {
2828 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
2829 continue;
2830
2831 switch (b->type)
2832 {
2833 case bp_call_dummy:
2834
2835 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
2836 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
2837 rid of it. */
2838
2839 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
2840
2841 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
2842
2843 case bp_shlib_event:
2844
2845 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
2846 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
2847 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
2848 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
2849 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
2850
2851 (gdb) file prog-linux
2852 (gdb) run # native linux target
2853 ...
2854 (gdb) kill
2855 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
2856 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
2857 */
2858
2859 delete_breakpoint (b);
2860 break;
2861
2862 case bp_watchpoint:
2863 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
2864 case bp_read_watchpoint:
2865 case bp_access_watchpoint:
2866 {
2867 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
2868
2869 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
2870 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
2871 delete_breakpoint (b);
2872 else if (context == inf_starting)
2873 {
2874 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
2875 insert_breakpoints. */
2876 if (w->val)
2877 value_free (w->val);
2878 w->val = NULL;
2879 w->val_valid = 0;
2880 }
2881 }
2882 break;
2883 default:
2884 break;
2885 }
2886 }
2887
2888 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
2889 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
2890 decref_bp_location (&bl);
2891 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
2892 }
2893
2894 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
2895 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
2896 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
2897 match, not program space. */
2898
2899 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
2900 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
2901 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
2902 permanent breakpoint.
2903 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
2904 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
2905 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
2906 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
2907 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
2908
2909 enum breakpoint_here
2910 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2911 {
2912 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2913 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
2914
2915 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2916 {
2917 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2918 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2919 continue;
2920
2921 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2922 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
2923 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2924 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
2925 {
2926 if (overlay_debugging
2927 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2928 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2929 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2930 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2931 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
2932 else
2933 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
2934 }
2935 }
2936
2937 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
2938 }
2939
2940 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
2941
2942 int
2943 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2944 {
2945 struct bp_location *loc;
2946 int ix;
2947
2948 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
2949 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
2950 return 1;
2951
2952 return 0;
2953 }
2954
2955 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
2956 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
2957 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
2958 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
2959
2960 int
2961 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
2962 CORE_ADDR pc)
2963 {
2964 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2965
2966 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2967 {
2968 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2969 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2970 continue;
2971
2972 if (bl->inserted
2973 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
2974 {
2975 if (overlay_debugging
2976 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2977 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2978 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2979 else
2980 return 1;
2981 }
2982 }
2983 return 0;
2984 }
2985
2986 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
2987 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
2988
2989 int
2990 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2991 {
2992 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
2993 return 1;
2994
2995 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
2996 return 1;
2997
2998 return 0;
2999 }
3000
3001 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3002 inserted at PC. */
3003
3004 int
3005 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3006 CORE_ADDR pc)
3007 {
3008 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3009
3010 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3011 {
3012 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
3013 continue;
3014
3015 if (bl->inserted
3016 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
3017 aspace, pc))
3018 {
3019 if (overlay_debugging
3020 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3021 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3022 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3023 else
3024 return 1;
3025 }
3026 }
3027
3028 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3029 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3030 return 1;
3031
3032 return 0;
3033 }
3034
3035 int
3036 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
3037 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
3038 {
3039 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3040
3041 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3042 {
3043 struct bp_location *loc;
3044
3045 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
3046 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
3047 continue;
3048
3049 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3050 continue;
3051
3052 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3053 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
3054 {
3055 CORE_ADDR l, h;
3056
3057 /* Check for intersection. */
3058 l = max (loc->address, addr);
3059 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
3060 if (l < h)
3061 return 1;
3062 }
3063 }
3064 return 0;
3065 }
3066
3067 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3068 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
3069
3070 int
3071 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
3072 ptid_t ptid)
3073 {
3074 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3075 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
3076 int thread = -1;
3077 int task = 0;
3078
3079 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3080 {
3081 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3082 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3083 continue;
3084
3085 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3086 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3087 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3088 continue;
3089
3090 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3091 continue;
3092
3093 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
3094 {
3095 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
3096 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
3097 it is now time to do so. */
3098 if (thread == -1)
3099 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
3100 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
3101 continue;
3102 }
3103
3104 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
3105 {
3106 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
3107 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
3108 it is now time to do so. */
3109 if (task == 0)
3110 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
3111 if (bl->owner->task != task)
3112 continue;
3113 }
3114
3115 if (overlay_debugging
3116 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3117 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3118 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3119
3120 return 1;
3121 }
3122
3123 return 0;
3124 }
3125 \f
3126
3127 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
3128 in breakpoint.h. */
3129
3130 int
3131 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
3132 {
3133 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
3134 }
3135
3136 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
3137 'next' chain. */
3138
3139 static void
3140 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
3141 {
3142 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3143 value_free (bs->old_val);
3144 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
3145 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
3146 xfree (bs);
3147 }
3148
3149 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
3150 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
3151
3152 void
3153 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
3154 {
3155 bpstat p;
3156 bpstat q;
3157
3158 if (bsp == 0)
3159 return;
3160 p = *bsp;
3161 while (p != NULL)
3162 {
3163 q = p->next;
3164 bpstat_free (p);
3165 p = q;
3166 }
3167 *bsp = NULL;
3168 }
3169
3170 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
3171 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
3172
3173 bpstat
3174 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
3175 {
3176 bpstat p = NULL;
3177 bpstat tmp;
3178 bpstat retval = NULL;
3179
3180 if (bs == NULL)
3181 return bs;
3182
3183 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3184 {
3185 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
3186 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
3187 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
3188 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
3189 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3190 {
3191 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
3192 release_value (tmp->old_val);
3193 }
3194
3195 if (p == NULL)
3196 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
3197 retval = tmp;
3198 else
3199 p->next = tmp;
3200 p = tmp;
3201 }
3202 p->next = NULL;
3203 return retval;
3204 }
3205
3206 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
3207
3208 bpstat
3209 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
3210 {
3211 if (bsp == NULL)
3212 return NULL;
3213
3214 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
3215 {
3216 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
3217 return bsp;
3218 }
3219 return NULL;
3220 }
3221
3222 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
3223 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
3224 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
3225 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
3226
3227 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
3228 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
3229 we set it.
3230 Return 1 otherwise. */
3231
3232 int
3233 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
3234 {
3235 struct breakpoint *b;
3236
3237 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
3238 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
3239
3240 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
3241 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
3242 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
3243 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
3244 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
3245 if (b == NULL)
3246 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
3247
3248 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
3249 return 1;
3250 }
3251
3252 /* See breakpoint.h. */
3253
3254 void
3255 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
3256 {
3257 struct thread_info *tp;
3258 bpstat bs;
3259
3260 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3261 return;
3262
3263 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
3264 if (tp == NULL)
3265 return;
3266
3267 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3268 {
3269 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
3270
3271 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3272 {
3273 value_free (bs->old_val);
3274 bs->old_val = NULL;
3275 }
3276 }
3277 }
3278
3279 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
3280
3281 static void
3282 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
3283 {
3284 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3285 {
3286 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
3287
3288 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
3289 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
3290 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
3291 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
3292 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
3293 return;
3294 }
3295
3296 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
3297 }
3298
3299 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
3300 command. */
3301 static void
3302 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
3303 {
3304 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
3305 }
3306
3307 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
3308 or its equivalent. */
3309
3310 static int
3311 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
3312 {
3313 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
3314 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
3315 }
3316
3317 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
3318 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
3319 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
3320 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
3321
3322 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
3323 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
3324 bpstat of the current thread. */
3325
3326 static int
3327 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
3328 {
3329 bpstat bs;
3330 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3331 int again = 0;
3332
3333 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
3334 in bs->commands. */
3335 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
3336 return 0;
3337
3338 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
3339 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
3340
3341 prevent_dont_repeat ();
3342
3343 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
3344 bs = *bsp;
3345
3346 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
3347 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3348 {
3349 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
3350 struct command_line *cmd;
3351 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
3352
3353 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
3354
3355 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
3356 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
3357 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
3358 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
3359 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
3360 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
3361 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
3362 the tree when we're done. */
3363 ccmd = bs->commands;
3364 bs->commands = NULL;
3365 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
3366 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
3367 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
3368 {
3369 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
3370 cmd = cmd->next;
3371 }
3372
3373 while (cmd != NULL)
3374 {
3375 execute_control_command (cmd);
3376
3377 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
3378 break;
3379 else
3380 cmd = cmd->next;
3381 }
3382
3383 /* We can free this command tree now. */
3384 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
3385
3386 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
3387 {
3388 if (target_can_async_p ())
3389 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
3390 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
3391 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
3392 ;
3393 else
3394 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
3395 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
3396 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
3397 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
3398 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
3399 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
3400 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
3401 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
3402 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
3403 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
3404 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
3405 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
3406 with the new stop_bpstat. */
3407 again = 1;
3408 break;
3409 }
3410 }
3411 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3412 return again;
3413 }
3414
3415 void
3416 bpstat_do_actions (void)
3417 {
3418 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
3419
3420 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
3421 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
3422 && target_has_execution
3423 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
3424 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
3425 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
3426 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
3427 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
3428 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
3429 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
3430 break;
3431
3432 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
3433 }
3434
3435 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
3436
3437 static void
3438 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
3439 {
3440 if (val == NULL)
3441 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
3442 else
3443 {
3444 struct value_print_options opts;
3445 get_user_print_options (&opts);
3446 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
3447 }
3448 }
3449
3450 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
3451 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
3452 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
3453 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
3454 normal_stop(). */
3455
3456 static enum print_stop_action
3457 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
3458 {
3459 switch (bs->print_it)
3460 {
3461 case print_it_noop:
3462 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
3463 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3464 break;
3465
3466 case print_it_done:
3467 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
3468 relevant messages. */
3469 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
3470 break;
3471
3472 case print_it_normal:
3473 {
3474 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
3475
3476 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
3477 which has since been deleted. */
3478 if (b == NULL)
3479 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3480
3481 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
3482 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
3483 }
3484 break;
3485
3486 default:
3487 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3488 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
3489 break;
3490 }
3491 }
3492
3493 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
3494 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
3495 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
3496 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
3497 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
3498 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
3499 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
3500 routine is one of:
3501
3502 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
3503 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
3504 code to print the location. An example is
3505 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
3506 the location.
3507 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
3508 to also print the location part of the message.
3509 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
3510 don't require a location appended to the end.
3511 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
3512 further info to be printed. */
3513
3514 enum print_stop_action
3515 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
3516 {
3517 int val;
3518
3519 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
3520 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
3521 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
3522 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
3523 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
3524 {
3525 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
3526 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
3527 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
3528 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
3529 return val;
3530 }
3531
3532 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
3533 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
3534 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
3535 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
3536 {
3537 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
3538 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
3539 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
3540 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
3541 return PRINT_NOTHING;
3542 }
3543
3544 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
3545 with and nothing was printed. */
3546 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3547 }
3548
3549 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
3550 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
3551 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
3552 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
3553
3554 static int
3555 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
3556 {
3557 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
3558 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
3559
3560 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3561 return i;
3562 }
3563
3564 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
3565
3566 static bpstat
3567 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
3568 {
3569 bpstat bs;
3570
3571 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
3572 bs->next = NULL;
3573 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
3574 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
3575 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
3576 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
3577 incref_bp_location (bl);
3578 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
3579 bs->commands = NULL;
3580 bs->old_val = NULL;
3581 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
3582 return bs;
3583 }
3584 \f
3585 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
3586 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
3587
3588 int
3589 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
3590 {
3591 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
3592 CORE_ADDR addr;
3593 struct breakpoint *b;
3594
3595 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
3596 {
3597 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
3598 as not triggered. */
3599 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3600 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3601 {
3602 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3603
3604 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
3605 }
3606
3607 return 0;
3608 }
3609
3610 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
3611 {
3612 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
3613 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
3614 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3615 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3616 {
3617 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3618
3619 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
3620 }
3621
3622 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
3623 }
3624
3625 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
3626 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
3627 triggered. */
3628
3629 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3630 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3631 {
3632 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3633 struct bp_location *loc;
3634
3635 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
3636 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3637 {
3638 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
3639 {
3640 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
3641 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
3642
3643 if (newaddr == start)
3644 {
3645 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
3646 break;
3647 }
3648 }
3649 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
3650 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
3651 addr, loc->address,
3652 loc->length))
3653 {
3654 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
3655 break;
3656 }
3657 }
3658 }
3659
3660 return 1;
3661 }
3662
3663 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
3664 because of check_errors). */
3665 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
3666 #define WP_DELETED 1
3667 /* The value has changed. */
3668 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
3669 /* The value has not changed. */
3670 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
3671 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
3672 #define WP_IGNORE 4
3673
3674 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
3675 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
3676
3677 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
3678 changed.
3679
3680 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
3681 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
3682
3683 static int
3684 watchpoint_check (void *p)
3685 {
3686 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
3687 struct watchpoint *b;
3688 struct frame_info *fr;
3689 int within_current_scope;
3690
3691 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
3692 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
3693 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
3694
3695 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
3696 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
3697 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
3698 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
3699 return WP_IGNORE;
3700
3701 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
3702 within_current_scope = 1;
3703 else
3704 {
3705 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
3706 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
3707 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
3708
3709 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
3710 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
3711 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
3712 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
3713 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
3714 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
3715 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
3716 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
3717 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
3718 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
3719 return WP_IGNORE;
3720
3721 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
3722 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
3723
3724 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
3725 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
3726 if (within_current_scope)
3727 {
3728 struct symbol *function;
3729
3730 function = get_frame_function (fr);
3731 if (function == NULL
3732 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
3733 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
3734 within_current_scope = 0;
3735 }
3736
3737 if (within_current_scope)
3738 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
3739 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
3740 the user. */
3741 select_frame (fr);
3742 }
3743
3744 if (within_current_scope)
3745 {
3746 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
3747 time before we return to the command level and call
3748 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
3749 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
3750
3751 int pc = 0;
3752 struct value *mark;
3753 struct value *new_val;
3754
3755 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
3756 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
3757 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
3758 a mask watchpoint. */
3759 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
3760
3761 mark = value_mark ();
3762 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
3763
3764 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
3765 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
3766 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
3767 not what we want. */
3768 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
3769 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
3770 {
3771 if (new_val != NULL)
3772 {
3773 release_value (new_val);
3774 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3775 }
3776 bs->old_val = b->val;
3777 b->val = new_val;
3778 b->val_valid = 1;
3779 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
3780 }
3781 else
3782 {
3783 /* Nothing changed. */
3784 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3785 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
3786 }
3787 }
3788 else
3789 {
3790 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
3791
3792 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
3793 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
3794 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
3795 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
3796 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
3797 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
3798 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
3799 the first value assigned). */
3800 /* We print all the stop information in
3801 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
3802 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
3803 already. So we have no choice but print the information
3804 here. */
3805 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3806 ui_out_field_string
3807 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
3808 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
3809 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
3810 ui_out_text (uiout,
3811 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
3812 which its expression is valid.\n");
3813
3814 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
3815 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
3816 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
3817
3818 return WP_DELETED;
3819 }
3820 }
3821
3822 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
3823 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
3824 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
3825
3826 static int
3827 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
3828 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
3829 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
3830 {
3831 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
3832
3833 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
3834 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
3835
3836 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
3837 }
3838
3839 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
3840 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
3841
3842 static void
3843 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
3844 {
3845 const struct bp_location *bl;
3846 struct watchpoint *b;
3847
3848 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
3849 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
3850 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
3851 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
3852 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
3853
3854 {
3855 int must_check_value = 0;
3856
3857 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
3858 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
3859 watched value. */
3860 must_check_value = 1;
3861 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
3862 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
3863 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
3864 this watchpoint. */
3865 must_check_value = 1;
3866 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
3867 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
3868 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
3869 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
3870 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
3871 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
3872 must_check_value = 1;
3873
3874 if (must_check_value)
3875 {
3876 char *message
3877 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
3878 b->base.number);
3879 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
3880 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
3881 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
3882 do_cleanups (cleanups);
3883 switch (e)
3884 {
3885 case WP_DELETED:
3886 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3887 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
3888 /* Stop. */
3889 break;
3890 case WP_IGNORE:
3891 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3892 bs->stop = 0;
3893 break;
3894 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
3895 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
3896 {
3897 /* There are two cases to consider here:
3898
3899 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
3900 In that case, trust the target, and always report
3901 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
3902 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
3903 have changed since the last time it was read, and
3904 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
3905 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
3906 old value.
3907
3908 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
3909 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
3910 happen:
3911
3912 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
3913 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
3914 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
3915 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
3916
3917 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
3918 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
3919 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
3920 watchpoint.
3921
3922 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
3923 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
3924 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
3925 changes. This still gives false positives when
3926 the program writes the same value to memory as
3927 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
3928 it for a read), but it's much better than
3929 nothing. */
3930
3931 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
3932
3933 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
3934 {
3935 struct breakpoint *other_b;
3936
3937 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
3938 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
3939 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
3940 {
3941 struct watchpoint *other_w =
3942 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
3943
3944 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
3945 == watch_triggered_yes)
3946 {
3947 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
3948 break;
3949 }
3950 }
3951 }
3952
3953 if (other_write_watchpoint
3954 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
3955 {
3956 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
3957 and the value changed since the last time we
3958 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
3959 Ignore it. */
3960 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3961 bs->stop = 0;
3962 }
3963 }
3964 break;
3965 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
3966 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
3967 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
3968 {
3969 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
3970 the value hasn't changed. */
3971 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3972 bs->stop = 0;
3973 }
3974 /* Stop. */
3975 break;
3976 default:
3977 /* Can't happen. */
3978 case 0:
3979 /* Error from catch_errors. */
3980 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
3981 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
3982 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3983 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
3984 break;
3985 }
3986 }
3987 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
3988 {
3989 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
3990 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
3991 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
3992 anything for this watchpoint. */
3993 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3994 bs->stop = 0;
3995 }
3996 }
3997 }
3998
3999
4000 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
4001 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
4002 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
4003
4004 static void
4005 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
4006 {
4007 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4008 const struct bp_location *bl;
4009 struct breakpoint *b;
4010
4011 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4012 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4013 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4014 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4015 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4016
4017 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
4018 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
4019 bs->stop = 0;
4020 else if (bs->stop)
4021 {
4022 int value_is_zero = 0;
4023 struct expression *cond;
4024
4025 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
4026 method implemented. */
4027 if (b->py_bp_object)
4028 bs->stop = gdbpy_should_stop (b->py_bp_object);
4029
4030 if (is_watchpoint (b))
4031 {
4032 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4033
4034 cond = w->cond_exp;
4035 }
4036 else
4037 cond = bl->cond;
4038
4039 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
4040 {
4041 int within_current_scope = 1;
4042 struct watchpoint * w;
4043
4044 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
4045 be a long time before we return to the command level and
4046 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
4047 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
4048 function call. */
4049 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4050
4051 if (is_watchpoint (b))
4052 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4053 else
4054 w = NULL;
4055
4056 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
4057 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
4058 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
4059 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
4060 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
4061 call site. */
4062 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
4063 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
4064 else
4065 {
4066 struct frame_info *frame;
4067
4068 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
4069 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
4070 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
4071 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
4072 really matter which instantiation of the function
4073 where the condition makes sense triggers the
4074 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
4075 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
4076 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
4077 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
4078 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
4079 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
4080 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
4081 intuitive. */
4082 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
4083 if (frame != NULL)
4084 select_frame (frame);
4085 else
4086 within_current_scope = 0;
4087 }
4088 if (within_current_scope)
4089 value_is_zero
4090 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
4091 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
4092 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
4093 else
4094 {
4095 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
4096 "in the current scope"));
4097 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
4098 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
4099 value_is_zero = 0;
4100 }
4101 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
4102 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4103 }
4104
4105 if (cond && value_is_zero)
4106 {
4107 bs->stop = 0;
4108 }
4109 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
4110 {
4111 bs->stop = 0;
4112 }
4113 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
4114 {
4115 b->ignore_count--;
4116 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
4117 bs->stop = 0;
4118 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
4119 ++(b->hit_count);
4120 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
4121 }
4122 }
4123 }
4124
4125
4126 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
4127 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
4128
4129 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
4130 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
4131 that:
4132
4133 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
4134
4135 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
4136
4137 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
4138 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
4139 several reasons concurrently.)
4140
4141 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
4142 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
4143
4144 bpstat
4145 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
4146 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
4147 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4148 {
4149 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
4150 struct bp_location *bl;
4151 struct bp_location *loc;
4152 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
4153 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
4154 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
4155 bpstat bs;
4156 int ix;
4157 int need_remove_insert;
4158 int removed_any;
4159
4160 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
4161 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
4162 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
4163 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
4164 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
4165 inferior function calls. */
4166
4167 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4168 {
4169 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4170 continue;
4171
4172 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
4173 {
4174 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
4175 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
4176 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
4177 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
4178 checked all locations already. */
4179 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
4180 break;
4181
4182 if (bl->shlib_disabled)
4183 continue;
4184
4185 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
4186 continue;
4187
4188 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
4189 matches. */
4190
4191 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
4192 explain stop. */
4193
4194 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
4195 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
4196 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
4197 bs->stop = 1;
4198 bs->print = 1;
4199
4200 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
4201 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
4202 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
4203 iteration. */
4204 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
4205 {
4206 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
4207
4208 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4209 }
4210 }
4211 }
4212
4213 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
4214 {
4215 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
4216 {
4217 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
4218 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
4219 bs->stop = 0;
4220 bs->print = 0;
4221 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4222 }
4223 }
4224
4225 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
4226 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
4227 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
4228
4229 removed_any = 0;
4230
4231 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4232 {
4233 if (!bs->stop)
4234 continue;
4235
4236 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4237 b->ops->check_status (bs);
4238 if (bs->stop)
4239 {
4240 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
4241
4242 if (bs->stop)
4243 {
4244 ++(b->hit_count);
4245 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
4246
4247 /* We will stop here. */
4248 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
4249 {
4250 if (b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4251 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4252 removed_any = 1;
4253 }
4254 if (b->silent)
4255 bs->print = 0;
4256 bs->commands = b->commands;
4257 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
4258 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
4259 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
4260 bs->print = 0;
4261 }
4262
4263 }
4264
4265 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
4266 print. */
4267 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
4268 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4269 }
4270
4271 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
4272 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
4273 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
4274 done later. */
4275 need_remove_insert = 0;
4276 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
4277 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4278 if (!bs->stop
4279 && bs->breakpoint_at
4280 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
4281 {
4282 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4283
4284 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
4285 need_remove_insert = 1;
4286 }
4287
4288 if (need_remove_insert)
4289 update_global_location_list (1);
4290 else if (removed_any)
4291 update_global_location_list (0);
4292
4293 return bs_head;
4294 }
4295
4296 static void
4297 handle_jit_event (void)
4298 {
4299 struct frame_info *frame;
4300 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
4301
4302 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4303 breakpoint_re_set. */
4304 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4305
4306 frame = get_current_frame ();
4307 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4308
4309 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
4310
4311 target_terminal_inferior ();
4312 }
4313
4314 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
4315
4316 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
4317
4318 struct bpstat_what
4319 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
4320 {
4321 struct bpstat_what retval;
4322 /* We need to defer calling `solib_add', as adding new symbols
4323 resets breakpoints, which in turn deletes breakpoint locations,
4324 and hence may clear unprocessed entries in the BS chain. */
4325 int shlib_event = 0;
4326 int jit_event = 0;
4327 bpstat bs;
4328
4329 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4330 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
4331 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
4332
4333 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4334 {
4335 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
4336 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
4337 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4338 enum bptype bptype;
4339
4340 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4341 {
4342 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
4343 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
4344 bptype = bp_none;
4345 }
4346 else
4347 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
4348
4349 if (bptype == bp_shlib_event)
4350 shlib_event = 1;
4351
4352 switch (bptype)
4353 {
4354 case bp_none:
4355 break;
4356 case bp_breakpoint:
4357 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4358 case bp_until:
4359 case bp_finish:
4360 case bp_shlib_event:
4361 if (bs->stop)
4362 {
4363 if (bs->print)
4364 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4365 else
4366 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4367 }
4368 else
4369 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4370 break;
4371 case bp_watchpoint:
4372 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4373 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4374 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4375 if (bs->stop)
4376 {
4377 if (bs->print)
4378 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4379 else
4380 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4381 }
4382 else
4383 {
4384 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4385 This requires no further action. */
4386 }
4387 break;
4388 case bp_longjmp:
4389 case bp_exception:
4390 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
4391 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp;
4392 break;
4393 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4394 case bp_exception_resume:
4395 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
4396 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
4397 break;
4398 case bp_step_resume:
4399 if (bs->stop)
4400 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
4401 else
4402 {
4403 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4404 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4405 }
4406 break;
4407 case bp_hp_step_resume:
4408 if (bs->stop)
4409 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
4410 else
4411 {
4412 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4413 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4414 }
4415 break;
4416 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4417 case bp_thread_event:
4418 case bp_overlay_event:
4419 case bp_longjmp_master:
4420 case bp_std_terminate_master:
4421 case bp_exception_master:
4422 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4423 break;
4424 case bp_catchpoint:
4425 if (bs->stop)
4426 {
4427 if (bs->print)
4428 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4429 else
4430 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4431 }
4432 else
4433 {
4434 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4435 This requires no further action. */
4436 }
4437 break;
4438 case bp_jit_event:
4439 jit_event = 1;
4440 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4441 break;
4442 case bp_call_dummy:
4443 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4444 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4445 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
4446 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4447 break;
4448 case bp_std_terminate:
4449 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4450 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4451 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
4452 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4453 break;
4454 case bp_tracepoint:
4455 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
4456 case bp_static_tracepoint:
4457 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
4458 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
4459 out already. */
4460 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4461 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
4462 break;
4463 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4464 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
4465 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4466 break;
4467 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4468 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
4469 PC of the former breakpoint. */
4470 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4471 break;
4472 default:
4473 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4474 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
4475 }
4476
4477 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
4478 }
4479
4480 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
4481 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
4482
4483 if (shlib_event)
4484 {
4485 if (debug_infrun)
4486 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_shlib_event\n");
4487
4488 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed
4489 to be adding them automatically. */
4490
4491 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4492 breakpoint_re_set. */
4493 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4494
4495 #ifdef SOLIB_ADD
4496 SOLIB_ADD (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
4497 #else
4498 solib_add (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
4499 #endif
4500
4501 target_terminal_inferior ();
4502 }
4503
4504 if (jit_event)
4505 {
4506 if (debug_infrun)
4507 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
4508
4509 handle_jit_event ();
4510 }
4511
4512 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4513 {
4514 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4515
4516 if (b == NULL)
4517 continue;
4518 switch (b->type)
4519 {
4520 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4521 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
4522 break;
4523 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4524 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
4525 break;
4526 }
4527 }
4528
4529 return retval;
4530 }
4531
4532 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
4533 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
4534 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
4535
4536 int
4537 bpstat_should_step (void)
4538 {
4539 struct breakpoint *b;
4540
4541 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4542 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
4543 return 1;
4544 return 0;
4545 }
4546
4547 int
4548 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
4549 {
4550 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4551 if (bs->stop)
4552 return 1;
4553
4554 return 0;
4555 }
4556
4557 \f
4558
4559 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
4560 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
4561 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
4562
4563 static char *
4564 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
4565 {
4566 static char wrap_indent[80];
4567 int i, total_width, width, align;
4568 char *text;
4569
4570 total_width = 0;
4571 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
4572 {
4573 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
4574 {
4575 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
4576 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
4577 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
4578
4579 return wrap_indent;
4580 }
4581
4582 total_width += width + 1;
4583 }
4584
4585 return NULL;
4586 }
4587
4588 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
4589
4590 static void
4591 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
4592 struct bp_location *loc)
4593 {
4594 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4595 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
4596
4597 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
4598 loc = NULL;
4599
4600 if (loc != NULL)
4601 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
4602
4603 if (b->display_canonical)
4604 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
4605 else if (loc && loc->source_file)
4606 {
4607 struct symbol *sym
4608 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
4609 if (sym)
4610 {
4611 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
4612 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
4613 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
4614 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
4615 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
4616 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
4617 }
4618 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", loc->source_file);
4619 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
4620
4621 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4622 {
4623 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0);
4624 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
4625
4626 if (fullname)
4627 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
4628 }
4629
4630 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
4631 }
4632 else if (loc)
4633 {
4634 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
4635 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
4636
4637 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb->stream,
4638 demangle, "");
4639 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
4640
4641 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
4642 }
4643 else
4644 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
4645
4646 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4647 }
4648
4649 static const char *
4650 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
4651 {
4652 struct ep_type_description
4653 {
4654 enum bptype type;
4655 char *description;
4656 };
4657 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
4658 {
4659 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
4660 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
4661 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
4662 {bp_until, "until"},
4663 {bp_finish, "finish"},
4664 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
4665 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
4666 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
4667 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
4668 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
4669 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
4670 {bp_exception, "exception"},
4671 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
4672 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
4673 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
4674 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
4675 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
4676 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
4677 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
4678 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
4679 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
4680 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
4681 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
4682 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
4683 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
4684 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
4685 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
4686 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
4687 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
4688 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
4689 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
4690 };
4691
4692 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
4693 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
4694 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4695 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
4696 (int) type);
4697
4698 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
4699 }
4700
4701 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
4702
4703 static void
4704 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
4705 struct bp_location *loc,
4706 int loc_number,
4707 struct bp_location **last_loc,
4708 int allflag)
4709 {
4710 struct command_line *l;
4711 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
4712
4713 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4714 int header_of_multiple = 0;
4715 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
4716 struct value_print_options opts;
4717
4718 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4719
4720 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
4721 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
4722 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
4723 if (loc == NULL
4724 && (b->loc != NULL
4725 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
4726 header_of_multiple = 1;
4727 if (loc == NULL)
4728 loc = b->loc;
4729
4730 annotate_record ();
4731
4732 /* 1 */
4733 annotate_field (0);
4734 if (part_of_multiple)
4735 {
4736 char *formatted;
4737 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
4738 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
4739 xfree (formatted);
4740 }
4741 else
4742 {
4743 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4744 }
4745
4746 /* 2 */
4747 annotate_field (1);
4748 if (part_of_multiple)
4749 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
4750 else
4751 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
4752
4753 /* 3 */
4754 annotate_field (2);
4755 if (part_of_multiple)
4756 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
4757 else
4758 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
4759
4760
4761 /* 4 */
4762 annotate_field (3);
4763 if (part_of_multiple)
4764 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
4765 else
4766 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
4767 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
4768 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
4769
4770
4771 /* 5 and 6 */
4772 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
4773 {
4774 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
4775 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
4776 make sure there's just one location. */
4777 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
4778 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
4779 }
4780 else
4781 switch (b->type)
4782 {
4783 case bp_none:
4784 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4785 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
4786 break;
4787
4788 case bp_watchpoint:
4789 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4790 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4791 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4792 {
4793 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4794
4795 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4796 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4797 is relatively readable). */
4798 if (opts.addressprint)
4799 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
4800 annotate_field (5);
4801 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
4802 }
4803 break;
4804
4805 case bp_breakpoint:
4806 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4807 case bp_until:
4808 case bp_finish:
4809 case bp_longjmp:
4810 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4811 case bp_exception:
4812 case bp_exception_resume:
4813 case bp_step_resume:
4814 case bp_hp_step_resume:
4815 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4816 case bp_call_dummy:
4817 case bp_std_terminate:
4818 case bp_shlib_event:
4819 case bp_thread_event:
4820 case bp_overlay_event:
4821 case bp_longjmp_master:
4822 case bp_std_terminate_master:
4823 case bp_exception_master:
4824 case bp_tracepoint:
4825 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
4826 case bp_static_tracepoint:
4827 case bp_jit_event:
4828 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4829 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4830 if (opts.addressprint)
4831 {
4832 annotate_field (4);
4833 if (header_of_multiple)
4834 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
4835 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
4836 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
4837 else
4838 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
4839 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
4840 }
4841 annotate_field (5);
4842 if (!header_of_multiple)
4843 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
4844 if (b->loc)
4845 *last_loc = b->loc;
4846 break;
4847 }
4848
4849
4850 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
4851 are several. */
4852 if (loc != NULL
4853 && !header_of_multiple
4854 && (allflag
4855 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
4856 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
4857 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
4858 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
4859 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
4860 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint)))
4861 {
4862 struct inferior *inf;
4863 int first = 1;
4864
4865 for (inf = inferior_list; inf != NULL; inf = inf->next)
4866 {
4867 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
4868 {
4869 if (first)
4870 {
4871 first = 0;
4872 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
4873 }
4874 else
4875 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
4876 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf->num));
4877 }
4878 }
4879 }
4880
4881 if (!part_of_multiple)
4882 {
4883 if (b->thread != -1)
4884 {
4885 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
4886 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
4887 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
4888 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
4889 }
4890 else if (b->task != 0)
4891 {
4892 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
4893 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
4894 }
4895 }
4896
4897 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4898
4899 if (!part_of_multiple)
4900 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
4901
4902 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
4903 {
4904 annotate_field (6);
4905 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
4906 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
4907 the frame ID. */
4908 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
4909 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
4910 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4911 }
4912
4913 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
4914 {
4915 annotate_field (7);
4916 if (is_tracepoint (b))
4917 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
4918 else
4919 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
4920 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
4921 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4922 }
4923
4924 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
4925 {
4926 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
4927 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
4928 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
4929 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4930 }
4931
4932 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count)
4933 {
4934 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
4935 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b))
4936 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
4937 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
4938 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
4939 else
4940 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
4941 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
4942 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
4943 if (b->hit_count == 1)
4944 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
4945 else
4946 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
4947 }
4948
4949 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi.
4950 FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
4951 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4952 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count == 0)
4953 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
4954
4955 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
4956 {
4957 annotate_field (8);
4958 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
4959 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
4960 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
4961 }
4962
4963 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
4964 {
4965 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
4966
4967 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
4968 {
4969 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
4970 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
4971 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
4972 }
4973 }
4974
4975 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
4976 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
4977 {
4978 struct cleanup *script_chain;
4979
4980 annotate_field (9);
4981 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
4982 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
4983 do_cleanups (script_chain);
4984 }
4985
4986 if (is_tracepoint (b))
4987 {
4988 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
4989
4990 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
4991 {
4992 annotate_field (10);
4993 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
4994 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
4995 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
4996 }
4997 }
4998
4999 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
5000 {
5001 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5002 {
5003 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5004
5005 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
5006 }
5007 else if (b->addr_string)
5008 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
5009 }
5010 }
5011
5012 static void
5013 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
5014 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5015 int allflag)
5016 {
5017 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
5018 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5019
5020 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
5021
5022 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
5023 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
5024
5025 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
5026 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
5027 locations, if any. */
5028 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
5029 {
5030 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
5031 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
5032 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
5033 situation.
5034
5035 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
5036 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
5037 if (b->loc
5038 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
5039 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
5040 {
5041 struct bp_location *loc;
5042 int n = 1;
5043
5044 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
5045 {
5046 struct cleanup *inner2 =
5047 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
5048 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
5049 do_cleanups (inner2);
5050 }
5051 }
5052 }
5053 }
5054
5055 static int
5056 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
5057 {
5058 int print_address_bits = 0;
5059 struct bp_location *loc;
5060
5061 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
5062 {
5063 int addr_bit;
5064
5065 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
5066 an address to print. */
5067 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
5068 continue;
5069
5070 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
5071 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
5072 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
5073 }
5074
5075 return print_address_bits;
5076 }
5077
5078 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
5079 {
5080 int bnum;
5081 };
5082
5083 static int
5084 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
5085 {
5086 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
5087 struct breakpoint *b;
5088 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
5089
5090 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5091 {
5092 if (args->bnum == b->number)
5093 {
5094 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
5095 return GDB_RC_OK;
5096 }
5097 }
5098 return GDB_RC_NONE;
5099 }
5100
5101 enum gdb_rc
5102 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
5103 char **error_message)
5104 {
5105 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
5106
5107 args.bnum = bnum;
5108 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
5109 an error. */
5110 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
5111 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
5112 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
5113 else
5114 return GDB_RC_OK;
5115 }
5116
5117 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
5118 internal or momentary. */
5119
5120 int
5121 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
5122 {
5123 return b->number > 0;
5124 }
5125
5126 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
5127 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
5128 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
5129 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
5130 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
5131 breakpoints listed. */
5132
5133 static int
5134 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
5135 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
5136 {
5137 struct breakpoint *b;
5138 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
5139 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
5140 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
5141 struct value_print_options opts;
5142 int print_address_bits = 0;
5143 int print_type_col_width = 14;
5144 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5145
5146 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5147
5148 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
5149 required for address fields. */
5150 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
5151 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5152 {
5153 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5154 if (filter && !filter (b))
5155 continue;
5156
5157 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5158 accept. Skip the others. */
5159 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
5160 {
5161 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
5162 continue;
5163 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
5164 continue;
5165 }
5166
5167 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
5168 {
5169 int addr_bit, type_len;
5170
5171 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
5172 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
5173 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
5174
5175 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
5176 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
5177 print_type_col_width = type_len;
5178
5179 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
5180 }
5181 }
5182
5183 if (opts.addressprint)
5184 bkpttbl_chain
5185 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
5186 nr_printable_breakpoints,
5187 "BreakpointTable");
5188 else
5189 bkpttbl_chain
5190 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
5191 nr_printable_breakpoints,
5192 "BreakpointTable");
5193
5194 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5195 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
5196 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5197 annotate_field (0);
5198 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
5199 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5200 annotate_field (1);
5201 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
5202 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
5203 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5204 annotate_field (2);
5205 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
5206 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5207 annotate_field (3);
5208 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
5209 if (opts.addressprint)
5210 {
5211 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5212 annotate_field (4);
5213 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
5214 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
5215 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5216 else
5217 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
5218 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5219 }
5220 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5221 annotate_field (5);
5222 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
5223 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
5224 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5225 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
5226
5227 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5228 {
5229 QUIT;
5230 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5231 if (filter && !filter (b))
5232 continue;
5233
5234 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5235 accept. Skip the others. */
5236
5237 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
5238 {
5239 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
5240 {
5241 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
5242 continue;
5243 }
5244 else /* all others */
5245 {
5246 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
5247 continue;
5248 }
5249 }
5250 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
5251 allflag is set. */
5252 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
5253 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
5254 }
5255
5256 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
5257
5258 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
5259 {
5260 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
5261 empty list. */
5262 if (!filter)
5263 {
5264 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
5265 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
5266 else
5267 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
5268 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
5269 args);
5270 }
5271 }
5272 else
5273 {
5274 if (last_loc && !server_command)
5275 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
5276 }
5277
5278 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
5279 there have been breakpoints? */
5280 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
5281
5282 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
5283 }
5284
5285 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
5286 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
5287
5288 static void
5289 default_collect_info (void)
5290 {
5291 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5292
5293 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
5294 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
5295 not wanted. */
5296 if (!*default_collect)
5297 return;
5298
5299 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
5300 actions. */
5301 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
5302 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
5303 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
5304 }
5305
5306 static void
5307 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
5308 {
5309 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
5310
5311 default_collect_info ();
5312 }
5313
5314 static void
5315 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
5316 {
5317 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
5318 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5319
5320 if (num_printed == 0)
5321 {
5322 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
5323 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
5324 else
5325 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
5326 }
5327 }
5328
5329 static void
5330 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
5331 {
5332 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
5333
5334 default_collect_info ();
5335 }
5336
5337 static int
5338 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
5339 struct program_space *pspace,
5340 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
5341 {
5342 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
5343
5344 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
5345 {
5346 if (bl->pspace == pspace
5347 && bl->address == pc
5348 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
5349 return 1;
5350 }
5351 return 0;
5352 }
5353
5354 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
5355 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
5356 address spaces. */
5357
5358 static void
5359 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5360 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
5361 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
5362 {
5363 int others = 0;
5364 struct breakpoint *b;
5365
5366 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5367 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
5368 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
5369 if (others > 0)
5370 {
5371 if (others == 1)
5372 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
5373 else /* if (others == ???) */
5374 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
5375 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5376 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
5377 {
5378 others--;
5379 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
5380 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
5381 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
5382 else if (b->thread != -1)
5383 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
5384 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
5385 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
5386 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
5387 ? " (disabled)"
5388 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
5389 ? " (permanent)"
5390 : ""),
5391 (others > 1) ? ","
5392 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
5393 }
5394 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
5395 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
5396 printf_filtered (".\n");
5397 }
5398 }
5399 \f
5400
5401 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
5402 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
5403 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
5404 (or use it for any other purpose either).
5405
5406 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
5407 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
5408 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
5409 breakpoint at address zero:
5410
5411 bp_watchpoint
5412 bp_catchpoint
5413
5414 */
5415
5416 static int
5417 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
5418 {
5419 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
5420
5421 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
5422 }
5423
5424 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
5425 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
5426
5427 static int
5428 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
5429 struct bp_location *loc2)
5430 {
5431 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
5432 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
5433
5434 /* Both of them must exist. */
5435 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
5436 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
5437
5438 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
5439 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
5440 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
5441 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
5442 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
5443 other watchpoint. */
5444 if ((w1->cond_exp
5445 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
5446 loc1->length,
5447 loc1->watchpoint_type,
5448 w1->cond_exp))
5449 || (w2->cond_exp
5450 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
5451 loc2->length,
5452 loc2->watchpoint_type,
5453 w2->cond_exp)))
5454 return 0;
5455
5456 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
5457 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
5458 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
5459 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
5460 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
5461 become hw_access locations later. */
5462 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
5463 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
5464 && loc1->address == loc2->address
5465 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
5466 }
5467
5468 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
5469 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
5470 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
5471 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5472
5473 static int
5474 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
5475 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
5476 {
5477 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
5478 || aspace1 == aspace2)
5479 && addr1 == addr2);
5480 }
5481
5482 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
5483 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
5484 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
5485 space doesn't really matter. */
5486
5487 static int
5488 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
5489 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
5490 CORE_ADDR addr2)
5491 {
5492 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
5493 || aspace1 == aspace2)
5494 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
5495 }
5496
5497 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
5498 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
5499 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
5500 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5501
5502 static int
5503 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
5504 struct address_space *aspace,
5505 CORE_ADDR addr)
5506 {
5507 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
5508 aspace, addr)
5509 || (bl->length
5510 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
5511 bl->address, bl->length,
5512 aspace, addr)));
5513 }
5514
5515 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
5516 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
5517 true, otherwise returns false. */
5518
5519 static int
5520 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
5521 struct bp_location *loc2)
5522 {
5523 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
5524 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
5525 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
5526 different locations. */
5527 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
5528 else
5529 return 0;
5530 }
5531
5532 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
5533 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
5534 represent the same location. */
5535
5536 static int
5537 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
5538 struct bp_location *loc2)
5539 {
5540 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
5541
5542 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
5543 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
5544 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
5545
5546 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
5547 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
5548
5549 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
5550 return 0;
5551 else if (hw_point1)
5552 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
5553 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
5554 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
5555 else
5556 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
5557 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
5558 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
5559 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
5560 }
5561
5562 static void
5563 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
5564 int bnum, int have_bnum)
5565 {
5566 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
5567 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
5568 char astr1[64];
5569 char astr2[64];
5570
5571 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
5572 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
5573 if (have_bnum)
5574 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
5575 bnum, astr1, astr2);
5576 else
5577 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
5578 }
5579
5580 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
5581 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
5582 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
5583 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
5584
5585 static CORE_ADDR
5586 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5587 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
5588 {
5589 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
5590 {
5591 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
5592 return bpaddr;
5593 }
5594 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
5595 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5596 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
5597 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
5598 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
5599 {
5600 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
5601 have their addresses modified. */
5602 return bpaddr;
5603 }
5604 else
5605 {
5606 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
5607
5608 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
5609 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
5610 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
5611
5612 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
5613 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
5614 is required. */
5615 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
5616 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
5617
5618 return adjusted_bpaddr;
5619 }
5620 }
5621
5622 void
5623 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
5624 struct breakpoint *owner)
5625 {
5626 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
5627
5628 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
5629
5630 loc->ops = ops;
5631 loc->owner = owner;
5632 loc->cond = NULL;
5633 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
5634 loc->enabled = 1;
5635
5636 switch (owner->type)
5637 {
5638 case bp_breakpoint:
5639 case bp_until:
5640 case bp_finish:
5641 case bp_longjmp:
5642 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5643 case bp_exception:
5644 case bp_exception_resume:
5645 case bp_step_resume:
5646 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5647 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5648 case bp_call_dummy:
5649 case bp_std_terminate:
5650 case bp_shlib_event:
5651 case bp_thread_event:
5652 case bp_overlay_event:
5653 case bp_jit_event:
5654 case bp_longjmp_master:
5655 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5656 case bp_exception_master:
5657 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5658 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5659 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
5660 break;
5661 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5662 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
5663 break;
5664 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5665 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5666 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5667 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
5668 break;
5669 case bp_watchpoint:
5670 case bp_catchpoint:
5671 case bp_tracepoint:
5672 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5673 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5674 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
5675 break;
5676 default:
5677 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
5678 }
5679
5680 loc->refc = 1;
5681 }
5682
5683 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
5684
5685 static struct bp_location *
5686 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
5687 {
5688 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
5689 }
5690
5691 static void
5692 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
5693 {
5694 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
5695 xfree (loc);
5696 }
5697
5698 /* Increment reference count. */
5699
5700 static void
5701 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
5702 {
5703 ++bl->refc;
5704 }
5705
5706 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
5707 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
5708
5709 static void
5710 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
5711 {
5712 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
5713
5714 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
5715 free_bp_location (*blp);
5716 *blp = NULL;
5717 }
5718
5719 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
5720
5721 static void
5722 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
5723 {
5724 struct breakpoint *b1;
5725
5726 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
5727 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
5728
5729 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
5730 if (b1 == 0)
5731 breakpoint_chain = b;
5732 else
5733 {
5734 while (b1->next)
5735 b1 = b1->next;
5736 b1->next = b;
5737 }
5738 }
5739
5740 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
5741
5742 static void
5743 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5744 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5745 enum bptype bptype,
5746 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
5747 {
5748 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
5749
5750 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
5751
5752 b->ops = ops;
5753 b->type = bptype;
5754 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
5755 b->language = current_language->la_language;
5756 b->input_radix = input_radix;
5757 b->thread = -1;
5758 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5759 b->next = 0;
5760 b->silent = 0;
5761 b->ignore_count = 0;
5762 b->commands = NULL;
5763 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
5764 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
5765 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
5766 b->related_breakpoint = b;
5767 }
5768
5769 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
5770 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
5771
5772 static struct breakpoint *
5773 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5774 enum bptype bptype,
5775 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
5776 {
5777 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
5778
5779 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
5780 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
5781 return b;
5782 }
5783
5784 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
5785 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
5786 enough. */
5787
5788 static void
5789 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
5790 {
5791 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
5792
5793 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
5794 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
5795 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
5796 {
5797 int is_gnu_ifunc;
5798
5799 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &loc->function_name,
5800 NULL, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
5801
5802 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
5803 {
5804 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
5805
5806 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
5807 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (loc->function_name,
5808 &loc->requested_address))
5809 {
5810 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
5811 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
5812 loc->requested_address,
5813 b->type);
5814 }
5815 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
5816 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
5817 {
5818 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
5819 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
5820 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
5821 }
5822 }
5823
5824 if (loc->function_name)
5825 loc->function_name = xstrdup (loc->function_name);
5826 }
5827 }
5828
5829 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
5830 struct gdbarch *
5831 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
5832 {
5833 if (sal.section)
5834 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
5835 if (sal.symtab)
5836 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
5837
5838 return NULL;
5839 }
5840
5841 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
5842 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
5843 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
5844
5845 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5846 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5847 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
5848
5849 static void
5850 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5851 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
5852 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
5853 {
5854 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
5855
5856 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
5857
5858 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
5859 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
5860
5861 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
5862 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
5863 program space. */
5864 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
5865 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
5866
5867 breakpoints_changed ();
5868 }
5869
5870 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
5871 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
5872 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
5873 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
5874 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
5875 is also returned as the value of this function.
5876
5877 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5878 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5879 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
5880 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
5881 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
5882 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
5883 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
5884
5885 struct breakpoint *
5886 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5887 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
5888 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
5889 {
5890 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
5891
5892 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
5893 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
5894 return b;
5895 }
5896
5897
5898 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
5899 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
5900 void
5901 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
5902 {
5903 struct bp_location *bl;
5904
5905 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
5906
5907 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
5908 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
5909 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
5910 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
5911 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
5912 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5913 bl->inserted = 1;
5914 }
5915
5916 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
5917 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
5918 initiated the operation. */
5919
5920 void
5921 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
5922 {
5923 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
5924 int thread = tp->num;
5925
5926 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
5927 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
5928 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
5929 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
5930 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
5931 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
5932 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
5933 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
5934 {
5935 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
5936 struct breakpoint *clone;
5937
5938 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
5939 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
5940 clone->thread = thread;
5941 }
5942
5943 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
5944 }
5945
5946 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
5947 void
5948 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
5949 {
5950 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
5951
5952 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
5953 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
5954 {
5955 if (b->thread == thread)
5956 delete_breakpoint (b);
5957 }
5958 }
5959
5960 void
5961 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
5962 {
5963 struct breakpoint *b;
5964
5965 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5966 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
5967 {
5968 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5969 update_global_location_list (1);
5970 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
5971 }
5972 }
5973
5974 void
5975 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
5976 {
5977 struct breakpoint *b;
5978
5979 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5980 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
5981 {
5982 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5983 update_global_location_list (0);
5984 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
5985 }
5986 }
5987
5988 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
5989 master breakpoint. */
5990 void
5991 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
5992 {
5993 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
5994
5995 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
5996 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
5997 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
5998 {
5999 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
6000 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
6001 }
6002 }
6003
6004 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
6005 void
6006 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
6007 {
6008 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6009
6010 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6011 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
6012 delete_breakpoint (b);
6013 }
6014
6015 struct breakpoint *
6016 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6017 {
6018 struct breakpoint *b;
6019
6020 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
6021 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
6022
6023 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6024 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
6025 b->addr_string
6026 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
6027
6028 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6029
6030 return b;
6031 }
6032
6033 void
6034 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
6035 {
6036 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6037
6038 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6039 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
6040 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6041 delete_breakpoint (b);
6042 }
6043
6044 struct lang_and_radix
6045 {
6046 enum language lang;
6047 int radix;
6048 };
6049
6050 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
6051
6052 struct breakpoint *
6053 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6054 {
6055 struct breakpoint *b;
6056
6057 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
6058 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
6059 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6060 return b;
6061 }
6062
6063 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
6064
6065 void
6066 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
6067 {
6068 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6069
6070 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6071 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
6072 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6073 delete_breakpoint (b);
6074 }
6075
6076 void
6077 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
6078 {
6079 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6080
6081 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6082 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
6083 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6084 delete_breakpoint (b);
6085 }
6086
6087 struct breakpoint *
6088 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6089 {
6090 struct breakpoint *b;
6091
6092 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
6093 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
6094 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6095 return b;
6096 }
6097
6098 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
6099 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
6100
6101 void
6102 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
6103 {
6104 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
6105
6106 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
6107 {
6108 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6109 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6110
6111 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
6112 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
6113 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
6114 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
6115 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
6116 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
6117 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
6118 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6119 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
6120 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
6121 && !loc->shlib_disabled
6122 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
6123 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
6124 #else
6125 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
6126 #endif
6127 )
6128 {
6129 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
6130 }
6131 }
6132 }
6133
6134 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
6135 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
6136 disabled. */
6137
6138 static void
6139 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
6140 {
6141 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
6142 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
6143
6144 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
6145 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
6146 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
6147 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
6148 if (exec_bfd != NULL
6149 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
6150 return;
6151
6152 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
6153 {
6154 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6155 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6156
6157 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
6158 && !loc->shlib_disabled
6159 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
6160 || b->type == bp_jit_event
6161 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6162 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
6163 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
6164 || is_tracepoint (b))
6165 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
6166 {
6167 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
6168 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
6169 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
6170 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
6171 loc->inserted = 0;
6172
6173 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
6174 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
6175
6176 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
6177 {
6178 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
6179 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
6180 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
6181 solib->so_name);
6182 }
6183 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
6184 }
6185 }
6186 }
6187
6188 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
6189
6190 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
6191 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
6192 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
6193 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6194 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6195
6196 struct fork_catchpoint
6197 {
6198 /* The base class. */
6199 struct breakpoint base;
6200
6201 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
6202 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
6203 catchpoint has triggered. */
6204 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
6205 };
6206
6207 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6208 catchpoints. */
6209
6210 static int
6211 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
6212 {
6213 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6214 }
6215
6216 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6217 catchpoints. */
6218
6219 static int
6220 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
6221 {
6222 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6223 }
6224
6225 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6226 catchpoints. */
6227
6228 static int
6229 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
6230 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
6231 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
6232 {
6233 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6234
6235 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
6236 return 0;
6237
6238 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
6239 return 1;
6240 }
6241
6242 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6243 catchpoints. */
6244
6245 static enum print_stop_action
6246 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
6247 {
6248 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6249 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
6250 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
6251
6252 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6253 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
6254 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6255 else
6256 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
6257 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6258 {
6259 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
6260 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
6261 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6262 }
6263 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6264 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
6265 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6266 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
6267 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6268 }
6269
6270 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6271 catchpoints. */
6272
6273 static void
6274 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6275 {
6276 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
6277 struct value_print_options opts;
6278 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6279
6280 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6281
6282 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6283 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6284 readable). */
6285 if (opts.addressprint)
6286 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6287 annotate_field (5);
6288 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
6289 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
6290 {
6291 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
6292 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
6293 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6294 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
6295 }
6296 }
6297
6298 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6299 catchpoints. */
6300
6301 static void
6302 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
6303 {
6304 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
6305 }
6306
6307 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6308 catchpoints. */
6309
6310 static void
6311 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6312 {
6313 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
6314 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
6315 }
6316
6317 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
6318
6319 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
6320
6321 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6322 catchpoints. */
6323
6324 static int
6325 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
6326 {
6327 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6328 }
6329
6330 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6331 catchpoints. */
6332
6333 static int
6334 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
6335 {
6336 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6337 }
6338
6339 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6340 catchpoints. */
6341
6342 static int
6343 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
6344 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
6345 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
6346 {
6347 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6348
6349 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
6350 return 0;
6351
6352 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
6353 return 1;
6354 }
6355
6356 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6357 catchpoints. */
6358
6359 static enum print_stop_action
6360 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
6361 {
6362 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6363 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
6364 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
6365
6366 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6367 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
6368 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6369 else
6370 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
6371 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6372 {
6373 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
6374 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
6375 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6376 }
6377 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6378 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
6379 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6380 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
6381 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6382 }
6383
6384 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6385 catchpoints. */
6386
6387 static void
6388 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6389 {
6390 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
6391 struct value_print_options opts;
6392 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6393
6394 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6395 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6396 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6397 readable). */
6398 if (opts.addressprint)
6399 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6400 annotate_field (5);
6401 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
6402 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
6403 {
6404 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
6405 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
6406 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6407 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
6408 }
6409 }
6410
6411 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6412 catchpoints. */
6413
6414 static void
6415 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
6416 {
6417 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
6418 }
6419
6420 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6421 catchpoints. */
6422
6423 static void
6424 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6425 {
6426 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
6427 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
6428 }
6429
6430 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
6431
6432 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
6433
6434 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
6435 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
6436 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
6437 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6438 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6439
6440 struct syscall_catchpoint
6441 {
6442 /* The base class. */
6443 struct breakpoint base;
6444
6445 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
6446 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
6447 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
6448 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
6449 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
6450 };
6451
6452 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6453 catchpoints. */
6454
6455 static void
6456 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
6457 {
6458 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
6459
6460 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
6461
6462 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
6463 }
6464
6465 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6466 catchpoints. */
6467
6468 static int
6469 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
6470 {
6471 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6472 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
6473
6474 ++inf->total_syscalls_count;
6475 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6476 ++inf->any_syscall_count;
6477 else
6478 {
6479 int i, iter;
6480
6481 for (i = 0;
6482 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6483 i++)
6484 {
6485 int elem;
6486
6487 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts))
6488 {
6489 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts);
6490 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
6491 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
6492 uintptr_t vec_addr;
6493 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
6494 vec_addr = (uintptr_t) VEC_address (int, inf->syscalls_counts) +
6495 vec_addr_offset;
6496 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
6497 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
6498 }
6499 elem = VEC_index (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter);
6500 VEC_replace (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
6501 }
6502 }
6503
6504 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
6505 inf->total_syscalls_count != 0,
6506 inf->any_syscall_count,
6507 VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts),
6508 VEC_address (int, inf->syscalls_counts));
6509 }
6510
6511 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6512 catchpoints. */
6513
6514 static int
6515 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
6516 {
6517 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6518 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
6519
6520 --inf->total_syscalls_count;
6521 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6522 --inf->any_syscall_count;
6523 else
6524 {
6525 int i, iter;
6526
6527 for (i = 0;
6528 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6529 i++)
6530 {
6531 int elem;
6532 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts))
6533 /* Shouldn't happen. */
6534 continue;
6535 elem = VEC_index (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter);
6536 VEC_replace (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
6537 }
6538 }
6539
6540 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
6541 inf->total_syscalls_count != 0,
6542 inf->any_syscall_count,
6543 VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts),
6544 VEC_address (int,
6545 inf->syscalls_counts));
6546 }
6547
6548 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6549 catchpoints. */
6550
6551 static int
6552 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
6553 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
6554 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
6555 {
6556 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
6557 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
6558 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
6559 int syscall_number = 0;
6560 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
6561 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6562
6563 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6564 && ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
6565 return 0;
6566
6567 syscall_number = ws->value.syscall_number;
6568
6569 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
6570 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6571 {
6572 int i, iter;
6573
6574 for (i = 0;
6575 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6576 i++)
6577 if (syscall_number == iter)
6578 break;
6579 /* Not the same. */
6580 if (!iter)
6581 return 0;
6582 }
6583
6584 return 1;
6585 }
6586
6587 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6588 catchpoints. */
6589
6590 static enum print_stop_action
6591 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
6592 {
6593 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6594 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
6595 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
6596 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6597 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
6598 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
6599 ptid_t ptid;
6600 struct target_waitstatus last;
6601 struct syscall s;
6602 char *syscall_id;
6603
6604 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
6605
6606 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
6607
6608 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6609
6610 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
6611 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6612 else
6613 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
6614 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6615 {
6616 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
6617 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6618 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6619 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
6620 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6621 }
6622 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6623
6624 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
6625 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
6626 else
6627 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
6628
6629 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6630 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
6631 if (s.name != NULL)
6632 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
6633
6634 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
6635
6636 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6637 }
6638
6639 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6640 catchpoints. */
6641
6642 static void
6643 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
6644 struct bp_location **last_loc)
6645 {
6646 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
6647 struct value_print_options opts;
6648 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6649
6650 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6651 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6652 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6653 readable). */
6654 if (opts.addressprint)
6655 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6656 annotate_field (5);
6657
6658 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
6659 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
6660 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
6661 else
6662 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
6663
6664 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6665 {
6666 int i, iter;
6667 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
6668
6669 for (i = 0;
6670 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6671 i++)
6672 {
6673 char *x = text;
6674 struct syscall s;
6675 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
6676
6677 if (s.name != NULL)
6678 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
6679 else
6680 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
6681
6682 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
6683 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
6684 on every call. */
6685 xfree (x);
6686 }
6687 /* Remove the last comma. */
6688 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
6689 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
6690 }
6691 else
6692 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
6693 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
6694 }
6695
6696 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6697 catchpoints. */
6698
6699 static void
6700 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
6701 {
6702 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
6703
6704 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6705 {
6706 int i, iter;
6707
6708 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
6709 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
6710 else
6711 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
6712
6713 for (i = 0;
6714 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6715 i++)
6716 {
6717 struct syscall s;
6718 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
6719
6720 if (s.name)
6721 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
6722 else
6723 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
6724 }
6725 printf_filtered (")");
6726 }
6727 else
6728 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
6729 b->number);
6730 }
6731
6732 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6733 catchpoints. */
6734
6735 static void
6736 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6737 {
6738 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
6739
6740 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
6741
6742 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6743 {
6744 int i, iter;
6745
6746 for (i = 0;
6747 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6748 i++)
6749 {
6750 struct syscall s;
6751
6752 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
6753 if (s.name)
6754 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
6755 else
6756 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
6757 }
6758 }
6759 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
6760 }
6761
6762 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
6763
6764 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
6765
6766 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
6767
6768 static int
6769 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6770 {
6771 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
6772 }
6773
6774 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
6775 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
6776 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
6777 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
6778
6779 static void
6780 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6781 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
6782 char *cond_string,
6783 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6784 {
6785 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6786
6787 init_sal (&sal);
6788 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
6789
6790 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
6791
6792 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
6793 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
6794 }
6795
6796 void
6797 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
6798 {
6799 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
6800 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
6801 if (!internal)
6802 mention (b);
6803 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
6804
6805 if (update_gll)
6806 update_global_location_list (1);
6807 }
6808
6809 static void
6810 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6811 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
6812 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6813 {
6814 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
6815
6816 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
6817
6818 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
6819
6820 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
6821 }
6822
6823 /* Exec catchpoints. */
6824
6825 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
6826 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
6827 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
6828 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6829 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6830
6831 struct exec_catchpoint
6832 {
6833 /* The base class. */
6834 struct breakpoint base;
6835
6836 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
6837 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
6838 triggered. */
6839 char *exec_pathname;
6840 };
6841
6842 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
6843 catchpoints. */
6844
6845 static void
6846 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
6847 {
6848 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
6849
6850 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
6851
6852 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
6853 }
6854
6855 static int
6856 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
6857 {
6858 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6859 }
6860
6861 static int
6862 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
6863 {
6864 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6865 }
6866
6867 static int
6868 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
6869 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
6870 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
6871 {
6872 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6873
6874 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
6875 return 0;
6876
6877 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
6878 return 1;
6879 }
6880
6881 static enum print_stop_action
6882 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
6883 {
6884 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6885 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
6886 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
6887
6888 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6889 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
6890 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6891 else
6892 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
6893 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6894 {
6895 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
6896 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
6897 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6898 }
6899 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6900 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
6901 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
6902 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
6903
6904 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6905 }
6906
6907 static void
6908 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6909 {
6910 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
6911 struct value_print_options opts;
6912 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6913
6914 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6915
6916 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6917 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6918 is relatively readable). */
6919 if (opts.addressprint)
6920 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6921 annotate_field (5);
6922 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
6923 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
6924 {
6925 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
6926 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
6927 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
6928 }
6929 }
6930
6931 static void
6932 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
6933 {
6934 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
6935 }
6936
6937 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
6938 catchpoints. */
6939
6940 static void
6941 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6942 {
6943 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
6944 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
6945 }
6946
6947 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
6948
6949 static void
6950 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
6951 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6952 {
6953 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
6954 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
6955
6956 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
6957 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
6958 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
6959
6960 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
6961 }
6962
6963 static int
6964 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
6965 {
6966 int i = 0;
6967 struct breakpoint *b;
6968 struct bp_location *bl;
6969
6970 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6971 {
6972 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
6973 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
6974 {
6975 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
6976 one register. */
6977 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
6978 }
6979 }
6980
6981 return i;
6982 }
6983
6984 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
6985 watchpoint. */
6986
6987 static int
6988 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
6989 {
6990 int i = 0;
6991 struct bp_location *bl;
6992
6993 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
6994 return 0;
6995
6996 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
6997 {
6998 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
6999 one register. */
7000 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
7001 }
7002
7003 return i;
7004 }
7005
7006 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
7007 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
7008 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
7009 types _not_ TYPE. */
7010
7011 static int
7012 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
7013 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
7014 {
7015 int i = 0;
7016 struct breakpoint *b;
7017
7018 *other_type_used = 0;
7019 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7020 {
7021 if (b == except)
7022 continue;
7023 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
7024 continue;
7025
7026 if (b->type == type)
7027 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
7028 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
7029 *other_type_used = 1;
7030 }
7031
7032 return i;
7033 }
7034
7035 void
7036 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
7037 {
7038 struct breakpoint *b;
7039
7040 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7041 {
7042 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
7043 {
7044 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
7045 update_global_location_list (0);
7046 }
7047 }
7048 }
7049
7050 void
7051 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
7052 {
7053 struct breakpoint *b;
7054
7055 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7056 {
7057 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
7058 {
7059 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7060 update_global_location_list (1);
7061 }
7062 }
7063 }
7064
7065 void
7066 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
7067 {
7068 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
7069 update_global_location_list (0);
7070 }
7071
7072 void
7073 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
7074 {
7075 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
7076 breakpoint_re_set ();
7077 }
7078
7079
7080 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
7081 at address specified by SAL.
7082 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
7083
7084 struct breakpoint *
7085 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
7086 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
7087 {
7088 struct breakpoint *b;
7089
7090 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
7091 one. */
7092 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id));
7093
7094 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7095 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7096 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
7097 b->frame_id = frame_id;
7098
7099 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
7100 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
7101 control. */
7102 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
7103 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7104
7105 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7106
7107 return b;
7108 }
7109
7110 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
7111 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
7112 breakpoint_ops. */
7113
7114 static struct breakpoint *
7115 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
7116 enum bptype type,
7117 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7118 {
7119 struct breakpoint *copy;
7120
7121 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
7122 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
7123 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
7124
7125 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
7126 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
7127 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
7128 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
7129 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
7130
7131 if (orig->loc->source_file != NULL)
7132 copy->loc->source_file = xstrdup (orig->loc->source_file);
7133
7134 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
7135 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
7136 copy->thread = orig->thread;
7137 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
7138
7139 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7140 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
7141 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
7142
7143 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
7144 return copy;
7145 }
7146
7147 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
7148 ORIG is NULL. */
7149
7150 struct breakpoint *
7151 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
7152 {
7153 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
7154 if (orig == NULL)
7155 return NULL;
7156
7157 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops);
7158 }
7159
7160 struct breakpoint *
7161 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
7162 enum bptype type)
7163 {
7164 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7165
7166 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
7167 sal.pc = pc;
7168 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
7169 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
7170
7171 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
7172 }
7173 \f
7174
7175 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
7176
7177 static void
7178 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
7179 {
7180 b->ops->print_mention (b);
7181 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
7182 return;
7183 printf_filtered ("\n");
7184 }
7185 \f
7186
7187 static struct bp_location *
7188 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
7189 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
7190 {
7191 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
7192 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
7193 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
7194
7195 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
7196 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
7197
7198 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
7199 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
7200 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
7201 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
7202 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
7203 location that's only been partially initialized. */
7204 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
7205 sal->pc, b->type);
7206
7207 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
7208 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
7209 ;
7210 *tmp = loc;
7211
7212 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
7213 loc->address = adjusted_address;
7214 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
7215 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
7216 loc->section = sal->section;
7217 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
7218
7219 if (sal->symtab != NULL)
7220 loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal->symtab->filename);
7221 loc->line_number = sal->line;
7222
7223 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
7224 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
7225 return loc;
7226 }
7227 \f
7228
7229 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
7230 return 0 otherwise. */
7231
7232 static int
7233 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
7234 {
7235 int len;
7236 CORE_ADDR addr;
7237 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
7238 gdb_byte *target_mem;
7239 struct cleanup *cleanup;
7240 int retval = 0;
7241
7242 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
7243
7244 addr = loc->address;
7245 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
7246
7247 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
7248 if (bpoint == NULL)
7249 return 0;
7250
7251 target_mem = alloca (len);
7252
7253 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
7254 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
7255 breakpoints they are permanent. */
7256 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
7257
7258 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
7259 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
7260
7261 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
7262 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
7263 retval = 1;
7264
7265 do_cleanups (cleanup);
7266
7267 return retval;
7268 }
7269
7270
7271
7272 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
7273 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
7274 as condition expression. */
7275
7276 static void
7277 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7278 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
7279 char *filter, char *cond_string,
7280 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
7281 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
7282 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
7283 int enabled, int internal, int display_canonical)
7284 {
7285 int i;
7286
7287 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7288 {
7289 int target_resources_ok;
7290
7291 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
7292 target_resources_ok =
7293 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
7294 i + 1, 0);
7295 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
7296 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
7297 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
7298 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
7299 }
7300
7301 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
7302
7303 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
7304 {
7305 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
7306 struct bp_location *loc;
7307
7308 if (from_tty)
7309 {
7310 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
7311 if (!loc_gdbarch)
7312 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
7313
7314 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
7315 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
7316 }
7317
7318 if (i == 0)
7319 {
7320 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
7321 b->thread = thread;
7322 b->task = task;
7323
7324 b->cond_string = cond_string;
7325 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
7326 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
7327 b->disposition = disposition;
7328
7329 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
7330 {
7331 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
7332 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
7333
7334 if (strace_marker_p (b))
7335 {
7336 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
7337 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
7338 char *p = &addr_string[3];
7339 char *endp;
7340 char *marker_str;
7341
7342 p = skip_spaces (p);
7343
7344 endp = skip_to_space (p);
7345
7346 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
7347 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
7348
7349 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7350 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
7351 t->static_trace_marker_id);
7352 }
7353 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
7354 {
7355 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
7356 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
7357
7358 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7359 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
7360 t->static_trace_marker_id);
7361 }
7362 else
7363 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
7364 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
7365 }
7366
7367 loc = b->loc;
7368 }
7369 else
7370 {
7371 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7372 }
7373
7374 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
7375 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
7376
7377 if (b->cond_string)
7378 {
7379 char *arg = b->cond_string;
7380 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
7381 if (*arg)
7382 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg);
7383 }
7384 }
7385
7386 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
7387 if (addr_string)
7388 b->addr_string = addr_string;
7389 else
7390 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
7391 me. */
7392 b->addr_string
7393 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7394 b->filter = filter;
7395 }
7396
7397 static void
7398 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7399 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
7400 char *filter, char *cond_string,
7401 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
7402 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
7403 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
7404 int enabled, int internal, int display_canonical)
7405 {
7406 struct breakpoint *b;
7407 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7408
7409 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
7410 {
7411 struct tracepoint *t;
7412
7413 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
7414 b = &t->base;
7415 }
7416 else
7417 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7418
7419 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
7420
7421 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
7422 sals, addr_string,
7423 filter, cond_string,
7424 type, disposition,
7425 thread, task, ignore_count,
7426 ops, from_tty,
7427 enabled, internal, display_canonical);
7428 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
7429
7430 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
7431 }
7432
7433 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
7434 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
7435 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
7436 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
7437 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
7438 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
7439 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
7440 we take just a single condition string.
7441
7442 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
7443 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
7444 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
7445 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
7446 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
7447
7448 static void
7449 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7450 struct linespec_result *canonical,
7451 char *cond_string,
7452 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
7453 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
7454 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
7455 int enabled, int internal)
7456 {
7457 int i;
7458 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
7459
7460 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
7461 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
7462
7463 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
7464 {
7465 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
7466 'break', without arguments. */
7467 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
7468 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
7469 : NULL);
7470 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
7471 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
7472
7473 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
7474 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
7475 addr_string,
7476 filter_string,
7477 cond_string, type, disposition,
7478 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
7479 from_tty, enabled, internal,
7480 canonical->special_display);
7481 discard_cleanups (inner);
7482 }
7483 }
7484
7485 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
7486 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
7487 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
7488 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
7489
7490 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
7491 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
7492
7493 static void
7494 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
7495 struct linespec_result *canonical)
7496 {
7497 char *addr_start = *address;
7498
7499 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
7500 breakpoint. */
7501 if ((*address) == NULL
7502 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
7503 {
7504 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
7505 address. */
7506 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
7507 {
7508 struct linespec_sals lsal;
7509 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7510
7511 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
7512 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
7513 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7514
7515 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
7516 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. */
7517 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
7518 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
7519
7520 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
7521 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
7522 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
7523 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
7524 instances with the same symtab and line. */
7525 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
7526
7527 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
7528 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
7529 lsal.canonical = NULL;
7530
7531 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
7532 }
7533 else
7534 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
7535 }
7536 else
7537 {
7538 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
7539 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
7540 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
7541 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone. */
7542 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
7543 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
7544 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
7545 get_last_displayed_line (),
7546 canonical, NULL, NULL);
7547 else
7548 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
7549 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
7550 canonical, NULL, NULL);
7551 }
7552 }
7553
7554
7555 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
7556 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
7557
7558 static void
7559 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
7560 {
7561 int i;
7562
7563 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
7564 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
7565 }
7566
7567 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
7568 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
7569 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
7570 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
7571 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
7572 it, etc. */
7573
7574 static void
7575 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7576 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
7577 {
7578 int i, rslt;
7579 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
7580 char *msg;
7581 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7582
7583 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
7584 {
7585 struct gdbarch *sarch;
7586
7587 sal = &sals->sals[i];
7588
7589 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
7590 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
7591 associated with SAL. */
7592 if (sarch == NULL)
7593 sarch = gdbarch;
7594 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
7595 NULL, &msg);
7596 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
7597
7598 if (!rslt)
7599 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
7600 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
7601
7602 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7603 }
7604 }
7605
7606 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
7607 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
7608 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
7609 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
7610 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
7611 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
7612 static void
7613 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
7614 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task)
7615 {
7616 *cond_string = NULL;
7617 *thread = -1;
7618 while (tok && *tok)
7619 {
7620 char *end_tok;
7621 int toklen;
7622 char *cond_start = NULL;
7623 char *cond_end = NULL;
7624
7625 tok = skip_spaces (tok);
7626
7627 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
7628
7629 toklen = end_tok - tok;
7630
7631 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
7632 {
7633 struct expression *expr;
7634
7635 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
7636 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
7637 xfree (expr);
7638 cond_end = tok;
7639 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start,
7640 cond_end - cond_start);
7641 }
7642 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
7643 {
7644 char *tmptok;
7645
7646 tok = end_tok + 1;
7647 tmptok = tok;
7648 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
7649 if (tok == tmptok)
7650 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
7651 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
7652 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread);
7653 }
7654 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
7655 {
7656 char *tmptok;
7657
7658 tok = end_tok + 1;
7659 tmptok = tok;
7660 *task = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
7661 if (tok == tmptok)
7662 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
7663 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
7664 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
7665 }
7666 else
7667 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7668 }
7669 }
7670
7671 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
7672
7673 static struct symtabs_and_lines
7674 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
7675 {
7676 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
7677 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
7678 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7679 struct symbol *sym;
7680 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7681 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
7682 char *endp;
7683 char *marker_str;
7684 int i;
7685
7686 p = skip_spaces (p);
7687
7688 endp = skip_to_space (p);
7689
7690 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
7691 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
7692
7693 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
7694 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
7695 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
7696
7697 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
7698 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
7699
7700 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
7701 {
7702 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
7703
7704 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
7705
7706 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
7707
7708 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
7709 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
7710
7711 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
7712 }
7713
7714 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7715
7716 *arg_p = endp;
7717 return sals;
7718 }
7719
7720 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
7721 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
7722 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
7723 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
7724 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
7725 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
7726 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
7727 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
7728 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
7729 false otherwise. */
7730
7731 int
7732 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7733 char *arg, char *cond_string, int thread,
7734 int parse_condition_and_thread,
7735 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
7736 int ignore_count,
7737 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
7738 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
7739 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal)
7740 {
7741 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
7742 char *copy_arg = NULL;
7743 char *addr_start = arg;
7744 struct linespec_result canonical;
7745 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7746 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
7747 int i;
7748 int pending = 0;
7749 int task = 0;
7750 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
7751
7752 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7753
7754 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
7755
7756 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
7757 {
7758 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
7759 addr_start, &copy_arg);
7760 }
7761
7762 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
7763 switch (e.reason)
7764 {
7765 case GDB_NO_ERROR:
7766 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
7767 return 0;
7768 break;
7769 case RETURN_ERROR:
7770 switch (e.error)
7771 {
7772 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
7773
7774 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
7775 error. */
7776
7777 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
7778 throw_exception (e);
7779
7780 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
7781
7782 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
7783 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
7784 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
7785 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
7786 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
7787 return 0;
7788
7789 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
7790 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
7791 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
7792 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
7793 {
7794 struct linespec_sals lsal;
7795
7796 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
7797 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
7798 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
7799 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
7800 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
7801 pending = 1;
7802 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
7803 }
7804 break;
7805 default:
7806 throw_exception (e);
7807 }
7808 break;
7809 default:
7810 throw_exception (e);
7811 }
7812
7813 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
7814 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
7815
7816 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
7817 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
7818 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
7819 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
7820 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
7821
7822 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
7823 are ok for the target. */
7824 if (!pending)
7825 {
7826 int ix;
7827 struct linespec_sals *iter;
7828
7829 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
7830 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
7831 }
7832
7833 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
7834 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
7835 {
7836 int ix;
7837 struct linespec_sals *iter;
7838
7839 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
7840 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
7841 }
7842
7843 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
7844 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
7845 breakpoint. */
7846 if (!pending)
7847 {
7848 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
7849
7850 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
7851
7852 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
7853 {
7854 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
7855 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
7856 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
7857 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
7858 cond_string = NULL;
7859 thread = -1;
7860 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
7861 &thread, &task);
7862 if (cond_string)
7863 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
7864 }
7865 else
7866 {
7867 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
7868 if (cond_string)
7869 {
7870 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
7871 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
7872 }
7873 }
7874
7875 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical, lsal,
7876 cond_string, type_wanted,
7877 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
7878 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
7879 from_tty, enabled, internal);
7880 }
7881 else
7882 {
7883 struct breakpoint *b;
7884
7885 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
7886
7887 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
7888 {
7889 struct tracepoint *t;
7890
7891 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
7892 b = &t->base;
7893 }
7894 else
7895 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7896
7897 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
7898
7899 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
7900 b->cond_string = NULL;
7901 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
7902 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
7903 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
7904 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
7905 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
7906 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
7907 b->pspace = current_program_space;
7908
7909 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
7910 }
7911
7912 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
7913 {
7914 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
7915 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
7916 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
7917 }
7918
7919 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
7920 breakpoint. */
7921 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
7922 /* But cleanup everything else. */
7923 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7924
7925 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
7926 update_global_location_list (1);
7927
7928 return 1;
7929 }
7930
7931 /* Set a breakpoint.
7932 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
7933 condition, and thread.
7934 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
7935 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
7936 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
7937
7938 static void
7939 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
7940 {
7941 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
7942 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
7943 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
7944 : bp_breakpoint);
7945
7946 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
7947 arg,
7948 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
7949 tempflag, type_wanted,
7950 0 /* Ignore count */,
7951 pending_break_support,
7952 &bkpt_breakpoint_ops,
7953 from_tty,
7954 1 /* enabled */,
7955 0 /* internal */);
7956 }
7957
7958 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
7959
7960 void
7961 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
7962 {
7963 CORE_ADDR pc;
7964
7965 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
7966 {
7967 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
7968 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
7969 sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
7970 sal->pc = pc;
7971
7972 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
7973 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
7974 if (sal->explicit_line)
7975 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
7976 }
7977
7978 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
7979 {
7980 struct blockvector *bv;
7981 struct block *b;
7982 struct symbol *sym;
7983
7984 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
7985 if (bv != NULL)
7986 {
7987 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
7988 if (sym != NULL)
7989 {
7990 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
7991 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym);
7992 }
7993 else
7994 {
7995 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
7996 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
7997 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
7998 happen in assembly source). */
7999
8000 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
8001 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
8002
8003 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
8004
8005 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
8006 if (msym)
8007 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym);
8008
8009 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8010 }
8011 }
8012 }
8013 }
8014
8015 void
8016 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8017 {
8018 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8019 }
8020
8021 void
8022 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8023 {
8024 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
8025 }
8026
8027 static void
8028 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8029 {
8030 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
8031 }
8032
8033 static void
8034 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8035 {
8036 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
8037 }
8038
8039 static void
8040 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8041 {
8042 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
8043 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
8044 stop at <line>\n"));
8045 }
8046
8047 static void
8048 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8049 {
8050 int badInput = 0;
8051
8052 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
8053 badInput = 1;
8054 else if (*arg != '*')
8055 {
8056 char *argptr = arg;
8057 int hasColon = 0;
8058
8059 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
8060 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
8061 function/method name. */
8062 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
8063 {
8064 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
8065 argptr++;
8066 }
8067
8068 if (hasColon)
8069 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
8070 else
8071 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
8072 }
8073
8074 if (badInput)
8075 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
8076 else
8077 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8078 }
8079
8080 static void
8081 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8082 {
8083 int badInput = 0;
8084
8085 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
8086 badInput = 1;
8087 else
8088 {
8089 char *argptr = arg;
8090 int hasColon = 0;
8091
8092 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
8093 it is probably a line number. */
8094 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
8095 {
8096 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
8097 argptr++;
8098 }
8099
8100 if (hasColon)
8101 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
8102 else
8103 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
8104 }
8105
8106 if (badInput)
8107 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
8108 else
8109 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8110 }
8111
8112 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
8113 ranged breakpoints. */
8114
8115 static int
8116 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
8117 struct address_space *aspace,
8118 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8119 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8120 {
8121 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
8122 || ws->value.sig != TARGET_SIGNAL_TRAP)
8123 return 0;
8124
8125 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
8126 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
8127 }
8128
8129 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8130 ranged breakpoints. */
8131
8132 static int
8133 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
8134 {
8135 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
8136 }
8137
8138 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
8139 ranged breakpoints. */
8140
8141 static enum print_stop_action
8142 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
8143 {
8144 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8145 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8146 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8147
8148 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
8149
8150 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
8151 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
8152
8153 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
8154 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8155 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
8156 else
8157 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
8158 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8159 {
8160 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8161 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
8162 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8163 }
8164 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8165 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
8166
8167 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8168 }
8169
8170 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
8171 ranged breakpoints. */
8172
8173 static void
8174 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8175 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8176 {
8177 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8178 struct value_print_options opts;
8179 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8180
8181 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
8182 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
8183
8184 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8185
8186 if (opts.addressprint)
8187 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
8188 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
8189 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8190 annotate_field (5);
8191 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
8192 *last_loc = bl;
8193 }
8194
8195 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
8196 ranged breakpoints. */
8197
8198 static void
8199 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
8200 struct ui_out *uiout)
8201 {
8202 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
8203 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8204 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
8205 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
8206
8207 gdb_assert (bl);
8208
8209 address_start = bl->address;
8210 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
8211
8212 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
8213 fprintf_unfiltered (stb->stream, "[%s, %s]",
8214 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
8215 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
8216 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
8217 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8218
8219 do_cleanups (cleanup);
8220 }
8221
8222 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
8223 ranged breakpoints. */
8224
8225 static void
8226 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8227 {
8228 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8229 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8230
8231 gdb_assert (bl);
8232 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
8233
8234 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8235 return;
8236
8237 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
8238 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
8239 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
8240 }
8241
8242 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
8243 ranged breakpoints. */
8244
8245 static void
8246 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8247 {
8248 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
8249 b->addr_string_range_end);
8250 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8251 }
8252
8253 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
8254
8255 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
8256
8257 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
8258 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
8259 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
8260 last instruction of the given line. */
8261
8262 static CORE_ADDR
8263 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
8264 {
8265 CORE_ADDR end;
8266
8267 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
8268 find the address of the end of the given location. */
8269 if (sal.explicit_pc)
8270 end = sal.pc;
8271 else
8272 {
8273 int ret;
8274 CORE_ADDR start;
8275
8276 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
8277 if (!ret)
8278 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
8279
8280 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
8281 end--;
8282 }
8283
8284 return end;
8285 }
8286
8287 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
8288
8289 static void
8290 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8291 {
8292 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
8293 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
8294 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
8295 CORE_ADDR end;
8296 struct breakpoint *b;
8297 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
8298 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
8299 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
8300
8301 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
8302 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
8303 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
8304
8305 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8306 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
8307 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
8308 bp_count, 0);
8309 if (can_use_bp < 0)
8310 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8311
8312 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8313 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
8314 error(_("No address range specified."));
8315
8316 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
8317
8318 arg_start = arg;
8319 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
8320
8321 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
8322
8323 if (arg[0] != ',')
8324 error (_("Too few arguments."));
8325 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
8326 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
8327
8328 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
8329
8330 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
8331 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
8332 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
8333
8334 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
8335 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
8336 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
8337
8338 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
8339 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8340
8341 /* Parse the end location. */
8342
8343 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
8344 arg_start = arg;
8345
8346 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
8347 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
8348 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
8349 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
8350 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
8351 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
8352 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
8353 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
8354
8355 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
8356
8357 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
8358 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
8359
8360 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
8361 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
8362 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
8363 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
8364
8365 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
8366 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
8367 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
8368
8369 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
8370 if (sal_start.pc > end)
8371 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
8372
8373 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
8374 if (length < 0)
8375 /* Length overflowed. */
8376 error (_("Address range too large."));
8377 else if (length == 1)
8378 {
8379 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
8380 the `hbreak' command. */
8381 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
8382
8383 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
8384
8385 return;
8386 }
8387
8388 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
8389 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
8390 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
8391 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
8392 b->number = breakpoint_count;
8393 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8394 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
8395 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
8396 b->loc->length = length;
8397
8398 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
8399
8400 mention (b);
8401 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8402 update_global_location_list (1);
8403 }
8404
8405 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
8406 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
8407 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
8408 zero. */
8409 static int
8410 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
8411 {
8412 int i = exp->nelts;
8413
8414 while (i > 0)
8415 {
8416 int oplenp, argsp;
8417
8418 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
8419 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
8420 i -= oplenp;
8421
8422 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
8423 {
8424 case BINOP_ADD:
8425 case BINOP_SUB:
8426 case BINOP_MUL:
8427 case BINOP_DIV:
8428 case BINOP_REM:
8429 case BINOP_MOD:
8430 case BINOP_LSH:
8431 case BINOP_RSH:
8432 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
8433 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
8434 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
8435 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
8436 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
8437 case BINOP_EQUAL:
8438 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
8439 case BINOP_LESS:
8440 case BINOP_GTR:
8441 case BINOP_LEQ:
8442 case BINOP_GEQ:
8443 case BINOP_REPEAT:
8444 case BINOP_COMMA:
8445 case BINOP_EXP:
8446 case BINOP_MIN:
8447 case BINOP_MAX:
8448 case BINOP_INTDIV:
8449 case BINOP_CONCAT:
8450 case BINOP_IN:
8451 case BINOP_RANGE:
8452 case TERNOP_COND:
8453 case TERNOP_SLICE:
8454 case TERNOP_SLICE_COUNT:
8455
8456 case OP_LONG:
8457 case OP_DOUBLE:
8458 case OP_DECFLOAT:
8459 case OP_LAST:
8460 case OP_COMPLEX:
8461 case OP_STRING:
8462 case OP_BITSTRING:
8463 case OP_ARRAY:
8464 case OP_TYPE:
8465 case OP_NAME:
8466 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
8467
8468 case UNOP_NEG:
8469 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
8470 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
8471 case UNOP_ADDR:
8472 case UNOP_HIGH:
8473 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
8474 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
8475 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
8476 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
8477
8478 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
8479 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
8480 ADDR is. */
8481 break;
8482
8483 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
8484 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
8485
8486 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
8487 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
8488 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
8489 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
8490
8491 We also have to check for function symbols because they
8492 are always constant. */
8493 {
8494 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
8495
8496 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
8497 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
8498 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
8499 return 0;
8500 break;
8501 }
8502
8503 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
8504 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
8505 then it is not a constant. */
8506 default:
8507 return 0;
8508 }
8509 }
8510
8511 return 1;
8512 }
8513
8514 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
8515
8516 static void
8517 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
8518 {
8519 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
8520
8521 xfree (w->cond_exp);
8522 xfree (w->exp);
8523 xfree (w->exp_string);
8524 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
8525 value_free (w->val);
8526
8527 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
8528 }
8529
8530 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
8531
8532 static void
8533 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8534 {
8535 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8536
8537 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
8538 variables, or it can be on local variables.
8539
8540 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
8541 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
8542 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
8543 are loaded and unloaded.
8544
8545 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
8546 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
8547 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
8548 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
8549 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
8550 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
8551
8552 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
8553 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
8554 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
8555 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
8556
8557 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
8558 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
8559
8560 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
8561 reevaluated again when enabled. */
8562 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
8563 }
8564
8565 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8566
8567 static int
8568 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8569 {
8570 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8571 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
8572
8573 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
8574 w->cond_exp);
8575 }
8576
8577 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8578
8579 static int
8580 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8581 {
8582 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8583 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
8584
8585 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
8586 w->cond_exp);
8587 }
8588
8589 static int
8590 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
8591 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8592 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8593 {
8594 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
8595 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8596
8597 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
8598 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
8599 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
8600 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
8601 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
8602 (did not match the data address). */
8603 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
8604 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
8605 return 0;
8606
8607 return 1;
8608 }
8609
8610 static void
8611 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
8612 {
8613 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
8614
8615 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
8616 }
8617
8618 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8619 hardware watchpoints. */
8620
8621 static int
8622 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
8623 {
8624 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8625 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
8626
8627 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
8628 }
8629
8630 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
8631 hardware watchpoints. */
8632
8633 static int
8634 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
8635 {
8636 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
8637 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
8638 }
8639
8640 static enum print_stop_action
8641 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
8642 {
8643 struct cleanup *old_chain;
8644 struct breakpoint *b;
8645 const struct bp_location *bl;
8646 struct ui_stream *stb;
8647 enum print_stop_action result;
8648 struct watchpoint *w;
8649 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8650
8651 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
8652
8653 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
8654 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8655 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8656
8657 stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
8658 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
8659
8660 switch (b->type)
8661 {
8662 case bp_watchpoint:
8663 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8664 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
8665 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8666 ui_out_field_string
8667 (uiout, "reason",
8668 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8669 mention (b);
8670 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
8671 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
8672 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
8673 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
8674 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
8675 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb->stream);
8676 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
8677 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8678 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
8679 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
8680 break;
8681
8682 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8683 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8684 ui_out_field_string
8685 (uiout, "reason",
8686 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8687 mention (b);
8688 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
8689 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
8690 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb->stream);
8691 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
8692 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8693 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
8694 break;
8695
8696 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8697 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
8698 {
8699 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
8700 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8701 ui_out_field_string
8702 (uiout, "reason",
8703 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8704 mention (b);
8705 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
8706 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
8707 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
8708 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
8709 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
8710 }
8711 else
8712 {
8713 mention (b);
8714 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8715 ui_out_field_string
8716 (uiout, "reason",
8717 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8718 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
8719 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
8720 }
8721 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb->stream);
8722 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
8723 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8724 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
8725 break;
8726 default:
8727 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
8728 }
8729
8730 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8731 return result;
8732 }
8733
8734 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
8735 watchpoints. */
8736
8737 static void
8738 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8739 {
8740 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
8741 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8742 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8743
8744 switch (b->type)
8745 {
8746 case bp_watchpoint:
8747 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
8748 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
8749 break;
8750 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8751 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
8752 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
8753 break;
8754 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8755 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
8756 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
8757 break;
8758 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8759 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
8760 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
8761 break;
8762 default:
8763 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8764 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8765 }
8766
8767 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
8768 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
8769 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
8770 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
8771 }
8772
8773 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
8774 watchpoints. */
8775
8776 static void
8777 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8778 {
8779 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8780
8781 switch (b->type)
8782 {
8783 case bp_watchpoint:
8784 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8785 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
8786 break;
8787 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8788 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
8789 break;
8790 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8791 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
8792 break;
8793 default:
8794 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8795 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
8796 }
8797
8798 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
8799 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8800 }
8801
8802 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
8803
8804 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
8805
8806 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
8807 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8808
8809 static int
8810 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8811 {
8812 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8813
8814 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
8815 bl->watchpoint_type);
8816 }
8817
8818 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
8819 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8820
8821 static int
8822 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8823 {
8824 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8825
8826 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
8827 bl->watchpoint_type);
8828 }
8829
8830 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8831 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8832
8833 static int
8834 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
8835 {
8836 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8837
8838 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
8839 }
8840
8841 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
8842 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8843
8844 static int
8845 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
8846 {
8847 return 0;
8848 }
8849
8850 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
8851 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8852
8853 static enum print_stop_action
8854 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
8855 {
8856 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8857 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8858
8859 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
8860 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
8861
8862 switch (b->type)
8863 {
8864 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8865 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
8866 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8867 ui_out_field_string
8868 (uiout, "reason",
8869 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8870 break;
8871
8872 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8873 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8874 ui_out_field_string
8875 (uiout, "reason",
8876 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8877 break;
8878
8879 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8880 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8881 ui_out_field_string
8882 (uiout, "reason",
8883 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8884 break;
8885 default:
8886 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8887 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8888 }
8889
8890 mention (b);
8891 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
8892 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
8893 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
8894 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8895
8896 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
8897 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
8898 }
8899
8900 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
8901 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8902
8903 static void
8904 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
8905 struct ui_out *uiout)
8906 {
8907 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8908
8909 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
8910 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
8911
8912 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
8913 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
8914 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8915 }
8916
8917 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
8918 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8919
8920 static void
8921 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8922 {
8923 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8924 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8925 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
8926
8927 switch (b->type)
8928 {
8929 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8930 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
8931 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
8932 break;
8933 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8934 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
8935 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
8936 break;
8937 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8938 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
8939 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
8940 break;
8941 default:
8942 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8943 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8944 }
8945
8946 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
8947 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
8948 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
8949 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
8950 }
8951
8952 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
8953 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8954
8955 static void
8956 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8957 {
8958 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8959 char tmp[40];
8960
8961 switch (b->type)
8962 {
8963 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8964 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
8965 break;
8966 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8967 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
8968 break;
8969 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8970 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
8971 break;
8972 default:
8973 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8974 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8975 }
8976
8977 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
8978 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
8979 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8980 }
8981
8982 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
8983
8984 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
8985
8986 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
8987
8988 static int
8989 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
8990 {
8991 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
8992 }
8993
8994 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
8995 hw_read: watch read,
8996 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
8997 static void
8998 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
8999 int just_location, int internal)
9000 {
9001 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9002 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
9003 struct expression *exp;
9004 struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
9005 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
9006 struct frame_info *frame;
9007 char *exp_start = NULL;
9008 char *exp_end = NULL;
9009 char *tok, *end_tok;
9010 int toklen = -1;
9011 char *cond_start = NULL;
9012 char *cond_end = NULL;
9013 enum bptype bp_type;
9014 int thread = -1;
9015 int pc = 0;
9016 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
9017 the hardware watchpoint. */
9018 int use_mask = 0;
9019 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
9020 struct watchpoint *w;
9021
9022 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
9023 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
9024 {
9025 char *value_start;
9026
9027 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
9028 of the arguments string. */
9029 for (tok = arg + strlen (arg) - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
9030 {
9031 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
9032 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
9033 tok--;
9034
9035 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
9036 This is the value of the parameter. */
9037 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
9038 tok--;
9039 value_start = tok + 1;
9040
9041 /* Skip whitespace. */
9042 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
9043 tok--;
9044
9045 end_tok = tok;
9046
9047 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
9048 This is the parameter itself. */
9049 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
9050 tok--;
9051 tok++;
9052 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
9053
9054 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
9055 {
9056 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
9057 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
9058 only in a specific thread. */
9059 char *endp;
9060
9061 if (thread != -1)
9062 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
9063
9064 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
9065 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
9066
9067 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
9068 thread ID. */
9069 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
9070 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
9071
9072 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
9073 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
9074 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread);
9075 }
9076 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
9077 {
9078 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
9079 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
9080 facility. */
9081 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
9082
9083 if (use_mask)
9084 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
9085
9086 use_mask = just_location = 1;
9087
9088 mark = value_mark ();
9089 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
9090 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
9091 value_free_to_mark (mark);
9092 }
9093 else
9094 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
9095 break;
9096
9097 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
9098 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
9099 *tok = '\0';
9100 }
9101 }
9102
9103 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
9104 innermost_block = NULL;
9105 exp_start = arg;
9106 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
9107 exp_end = arg;
9108 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
9109 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
9110 prettier. */
9111 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
9112 --exp_end;
9113
9114 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
9115 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
9116 {
9117 int len;
9118
9119 len = exp_end - exp_start;
9120 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
9121 len--;
9122 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
9123 }
9124
9125 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
9126 mark = value_mark ();
9127 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL);
9128
9129 if (just_location)
9130 {
9131 int ret;
9132
9133 exp_valid_block = NULL;
9134 val = value_addr (result);
9135 release_value (val);
9136 value_free_to_mark (mark);
9137
9138 if (use_mask)
9139 {
9140 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
9141 mask);
9142 if (ret == -1)
9143 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
9144 else if (ret == -2)
9145 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
9146 }
9147 }
9148 else if (val != NULL)
9149 release_value (val);
9150
9151 tok = skip_spaces (arg);
9152 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
9153
9154 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9155 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9156 {
9157 struct expression *cond;
9158
9159 innermost_block = NULL;
9160 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9161 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0);
9162
9163 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
9164 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
9165 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
9166
9167 xfree (cond);
9168 cond_end = tok;
9169 }
9170 if (*tok)
9171 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
9172
9173 if (accessflag == hw_read)
9174 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
9175 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
9176 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
9177 else
9178 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
9179
9180 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
9181
9182 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
9183 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
9184 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
9185 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
9186 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
9187 {
9188 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
9189 {
9190 scope_breakpoint
9191 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
9192 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
9193 bp_watchpoint_scope,
9194 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
9195
9196 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9197
9198 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
9199 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
9200
9201 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
9202 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
9203
9204 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
9205 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
9206 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
9207 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
9208 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
9209 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
9210 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
9211 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
9212 scope_breakpoint->type);
9213 }
9214 }
9215
9216 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9217
9218 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
9219 b = &w->base;
9220 if (use_mask)
9221 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
9222 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
9223 else
9224 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
9225 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
9226 b->thread = thread;
9227 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9228 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9229 w->exp = exp;
9230 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
9231 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
9232 if (just_location)
9233 {
9234 struct type *t = value_type (val);
9235 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
9236 char *name;
9237
9238 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
9239 name = type_to_string (t);
9240
9241 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
9242 core_addr_to_string (addr));
9243 xfree (name);
9244
9245 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
9246 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
9247
9248 /* The above expression is in C. */
9249 b->language = language_c;
9250 }
9251 else
9252 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
9253
9254 if (use_mask)
9255 {
9256 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
9257 }
9258 else
9259 {
9260 w->val = val;
9261 w->val_valid = 1;
9262 }
9263
9264 if (cond_start)
9265 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9266 else
9267 b->cond_string = 0;
9268
9269 if (frame)
9270 {
9271 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
9272 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
9273 }
9274 else
9275 {
9276 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
9277 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
9278 }
9279
9280 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
9281 {
9282 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
9283 need to act on them together. */
9284 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
9285 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
9286 }
9287
9288 if (!just_location)
9289 value_free_to_mark (mark);
9290
9291 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9292 {
9293 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
9294 that should be inserted. */
9295 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
9296 }
9297 if (e.reason < 0)
9298 {
9299 delete_breakpoint (b);
9300 throw_exception (e);
9301 }
9302
9303 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
9304 }
9305
9306 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
9307 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
9308
9309 static int
9310 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
9311 {
9312 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
9313 struct value *head = v;
9314
9315 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
9316 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
9317 return 0;
9318
9319 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
9320 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
9321 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
9322 hardware watchpoint.
9323
9324 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
9325 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
9326 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
9327 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
9328 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
9329 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
9330 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
9331 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
9332 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
9333
9334 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
9335 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
9336 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
9337 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
9338 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
9339 {
9340 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
9341 {
9342 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
9343 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
9344 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
9345 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
9346 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
9347 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
9348 ;
9349 else
9350 {
9351 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
9352 it with hardware watchpoints. */
9353 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
9354
9355 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
9356 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
9357 middle of some value chain. */
9358 if (v == head
9359 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
9360 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
9361 {
9362 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
9363 int len;
9364 int num_regs;
9365
9366 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
9367 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
9368 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
9369
9370 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
9371 if (!num_regs)
9372 return 0;
9373 else
9374 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
9375 }
9376 }
9377 }
9378 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
9379 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
9380 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
9381 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
9382 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
9383 }
9384
9385 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
9386 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
9387 return found_memory_cnt;
9388 }
9389
9390 void
9391 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9392 {
9393 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
9394 }
9395
9396 /* A helper function that looks for an argument at the start of a
9397 string. The argument must also either be at the end of the string,
9398 or be followed by whitespace. Returns 1 if it finds the argument,
9399 0 otherwise. If the argument is found, it updates *STR. */
9400
9401 static int
9402 check_for_argument (char **str, char *arg, int arg_len)
9403 {
9404 if (strncmp (*str, arg, arg_len) == 0
9405 && ((*str)[arg_len] == '\0' || isspace ((*str)[arg_len])))
9406 {
9407 *str += arg_len;
9408 return 1;
9409 }
9410 return 0;
9411 }
9412
9413 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
9414 calls watch_command_1. */
9415
9416 static void
9417 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
9418 {
9419 int just_location = 0;
9420
9421 if (arg
9422 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
9423 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
9424 {
9425 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9426 just_location = 1;
9427 }
9428
9429 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
9430 }
9431
9432 static void
9433 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9434 {
9435 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
9436 }
9437
9438 void
9439 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9440 {
9441 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
9442 }
9443
9444 static void
9445 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9446 {
9447 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
9448 }
9449
9450 void
9451 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9452 {
9453 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
9454 }
9455
9456 static void
9457 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9458 {
9459 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
9460 }
9461 \f
9462
9463 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
9464 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
9465
9466 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
9467 {
9468 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
9469 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
9470 int thread_num;
9471 };
9472
9473 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
9474 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
9475 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
9476 command. */
9477 static void
9478 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
9479 {
9480 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
9481
9482 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
9483 if (a->breakpoint2)
9484 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
9485 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
9486 }
9487
9488 void
9489 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
9490 {
9491 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9492 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9493 struct frame_info *frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
9494 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
9495 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
9496 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9497 int thread;
9498 struct thread_info *tp;
9499
9500 clear_proceed_status ();
9501
9502 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
9503 this function. */
9504
9505 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9506 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9507 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9508 get_last_displayed_line ());
9509 else
9510 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9511 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
9512
9513 if (sals.nelts != 1)
9514 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
9515
9516 sal = sals.sals[0];
9517 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
9518
9519 if (*arg)
9520 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9521
9522 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
9523
9524 if (anywhere)
9525 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
9526 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
9527 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame), sal,
9528 null_frame_id, bp_until);
9529 else
9530 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
9531 only at the very same frame. */
9532 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame), sal,
9533 get_stack_frame_id (frame),
9534 bp_until);
9535
9536 old_chain = make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
9537
9538 tp = inferior_thread ();
9539 thread = tp->num;
9540
9541 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
9542 one. */
9543
9544 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
9545 {
9546 sal = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
9547 sal.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
9548 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
9549 sal,
9550 frame_unwind_caller_id (frame),
9551 bp_until);
9552 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
9553
9554 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, frame_unwind_caller_id (frame));
9555 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
9556 }
9557
9558 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
9559
9560 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
9561 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
9562 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
9563 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
9564
9565 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
9566 {
9567 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
9568 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
9569
9570 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
9571 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
9572 args->thread_num = thread;
9573
9574 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9575 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
9576 until_break_command_continuation, args,
9577 xfree);
9578 }
9579 else
9580 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9581 }
9582
9583 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
9584 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
9585
9586 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
9587 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
9588 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
9589 if clause in the arg string. */
9590
9591 static char *
9592 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
9593 {
9594 char *cond_string;
9595
9596 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
9597 return NULL;
9598
9599 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
9600 (*arg) += 2;
9601
9602 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
9603 condition string. */
9604 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
9605 cond_string = *arg;
9606
9607 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
9608 string. */
9609 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
9610
9611 return cond_string;
9612 }
9613
9614 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
9615 process start/exit, etc. */
9616
9617 typedef enum
9618 {
9619 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
9620 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
9621 }
9622 catch_fork_kind;
9623
9624 static void
9625 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
9626 struct cmd_list_element *command)
9627 {
9628 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
9629 char *cond_string = NULL;
9630 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
9631 int tempflag;
9632
9633 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
9634 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
9635 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
9636
9637 if (!arg)
9638 arg = "";
9639 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9640
9641 /* The allowed syntax is:
9642 catch [v]fork
9643 catch [v]fork if <cond>
9644
9645 First, check if there's an if clause. */
9646 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
9647
9648 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
9649 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9650
9651 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
9652 and enable reporting of such events. */
9653 switch (fork_kind)
9654 {
9655 case catch_fork_temporary:
9656 case catch_fork_permanent:
9657 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
9658 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
9659 break;
9660 case catch_vfork_temporary:
9661 case catch_vfork_permanent:
9662 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
9663 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
9664 break;
9665 default:
9666 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
9667 break;
9668 }
9669 }
9670
9671 static void
9672 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
9673 struct cmd_list_element *command)
9674 {
9675 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
9676 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
9677 int tempflag;
9678 char *cond_string = NULL;
9679
9680 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
9681
9682 if (!arg)
9683 arg = "";
9684 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9685
9686 /* The allowed syntax is:
9687 catch exec
9688 catch exec if <cond>
9689
9690 First, check if there's an if clause. */
9691 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
9692
9693 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
9694 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9695
9696 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
9697 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
9698 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
9699 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
9700
9701 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
9702 }
9703
9704 static enum print_stop_action
9705 print_it_exception_catchpoint (bpstat bs)
9706 {
9707 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9708 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9709 int bp_temp, bp_throw;
9710
9711 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
9712
9713 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
9714 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
9715 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
9716 b->loc->address,
9717 b->number, 1);
9718 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
9719 ui_out_text (uiout,
9720 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
9721 : "Catchpoint ");
9722 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9723 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9724 ui_out_text (uiout,
9725 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
9726 : " (exception caught), ");
9727 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9728 {
9729 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
9730 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
9731 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
9732 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9733 }
9734 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
9735 }
9736
9737 static void
9738 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9739 struct bp_location **last_loc)
9740 {
9741 struct value_print_options opts;
9742 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9743
9744 get_user_print_options (&opts);
9745 if (opts.addressprint)
9746 {
9747 annotate_field (4);
9748 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
9749 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
9750 else
9751 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
9752 b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address);
9753 }
9754 annotate_field (5);
9755 if (b->loc)
9756 *last_loc = b->loc;
9757 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
9758 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
9759 else
9760 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
9761 }
9762
9763 static void
9764 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9765 {
9766 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9767 int bp_temp;
9768 int bp_throw;
9769
9770 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
9771 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
9772 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
9773 : _("Catchpoint "));
9774 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9775 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
9776 : _(" (catch)"));
9777 }
9778
9779 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
9780 catch catchpoints. */
9781
9782 static void
9783 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9784 struct ui_file *fp)
9785 {
9786 int bp_temp;
9787 int bp_throw;
9788
9789 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
9790 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
9791 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_temp ? "tcatch " : "catch ");
9792 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_throw ? "throw" : "catch");
9793 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
9794 }
9795
9796 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
9797
9798 static int
9799 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
9800 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
9801 {
9802 char *trigger_func_name;
9803
9804 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
9805 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
9806 else
9807 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
9808
9809 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9810 trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1,
9811 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
9812 tempflag, bp_breakpoint,
9813 0,
9814 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
9815 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty,
9816 1 /* enabled */,
9817 0 /* internal */);
9818
9819 return 1;
9820 }
9821
9822 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
9823
9824 static void
9825 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
9826 int tempflag, int from_tty)
9827 {
9828 char *cond_string = NULL;
9829
9830 if (!arg)
9831 arg = "";
9832 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9833
9834 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
9835
9836 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
9837 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9838
9839 if (ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW
9840 && ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH)
9841 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
9842
9843 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
9844 return;
9845
9846 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
9847 }
9848
9849 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
9850
9851 static void
9852 catch_catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
9853 {
9854 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
9855
9856 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
9857 }
9858
9859 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
9860
9861 static void
9862 catch_throw_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
9863 {
9864 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
9865
9866 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
9867 }
9868
9869 void
9870 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9871 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9872 struct symtab_and_line sal,
9873 char *addr_string,
9874 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9875 int tempflag,
9876 int from_tty)
9877 {
9878 if (from_tty)
9879 {
9880 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9881 if (!loc_gdbarch)
9882 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
9883
9884 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
9885 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
9886 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
9887 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
9888 used for different exception names will use the same address.
9889 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
9890 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
9891 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
9892 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
9893 enough for now, though. */
9894 }
9895
9896 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
9897
9898 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9899 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9900 b->addr_string = addr_string;
9901 b->language = language_ada;
9902 }
9903
9904 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
9905 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
9906 static VEC(int) *
9907 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
9908 {
9909 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
9910 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
9911
9912 while (*arg != '\0')
9913 {
9914 int i, syscall_number;
9915 char *endptr;
9916 char cur_name[128];
9917 struct syscall s;
9918
9919 /* Skip whitespace. */
9920 while (isspace (*arg))
9921 arg++;
9922
9923 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
9924 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
9925 cur_name[i] = '\0';
9926 arg += i;
9927
9928 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
9929 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
9930 if (*endptr == '\0')
9931 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
9932 else
9933 {
9934 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
9935 to a number. */
9936 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
9937
9938 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
9939 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
9940 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
9941 syscall number to be caught. */
9942 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
9943 }
9944
9945 /* Ok, it's valid. */
9946 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
9947 }
9948
9949 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
9950 return result;
9951 }
9952
9953 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
9954
9955 static void
9956 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
9957 struct cmd_list_element *command)
9958 {
9959 int tempflag;
9960 VEC(int) *filter;
9961 struct syscall s;
9962 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
9963
9964 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
9965 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
9966 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
9967 this architecture yet."));
9968
9969 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
9970
9971 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9972
9973 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
9974 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
9975 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
9976 for his/her architecture. */
9977 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
9978
9979 /* The allowed syntax is:
9980 catch syscall
9981 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
9982
9983 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
9984
9985 if (arg != NULL)
9986 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
9987 else
9988 filter = NULL;
9989
9990 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
9991 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
9992 }
9993
9994 static void
9995 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9996 {
9997 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
9998 }
9999 \f
10000
10001 static void
10002 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10003 {
10004 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
10005 }
10006
10007 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
10008
10009 static int
10010 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
10011 {
10012 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
10013 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
10014 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
10015 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
10016
10017 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
10018 return -1;
10019 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
10020 return 1;
10021
10022 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
10023 the number 0. */
10024 if (ua < ub)
10025 return -1;
10026 return ub > ub ? 1 : 0;
10027 }
10028
10029 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
10030
10031 static void
10032 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10033 {
10034 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
10035 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
10036 int ix;
10037 int default_match;
10038 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
10039 struct symtab_and_line sal;
10040 int i;
10041 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
10042
10043 if (arg)
10044 {
10045 sals = decode_line_spec (arg, (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
10046 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
10047 default_match = 0;
10048 }
10049 else
10050 {
10051 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
10052 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
10053 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
10054 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
10055
10056 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
10057 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
10058 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
10059 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
10060 if (sal.symtab == 0)
10061 error (_("No source file specified."));
10062
10063 sals.sals[0] = sal;
10064 sals.nelts = 1;
10065
10066 default_match = 1;
10067 }
10068
10069 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
10070 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
10071 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
10072 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
10073
10074 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
10075 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
10076 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
10077 due to optimization, all in one block.
10078
10079 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
10080 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
10081 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
10082 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
10083 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
10084 to support that. */
10085
10086 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
10087 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
10088 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
10089 breakpoint. */
10090
10091 found = NULL;
10092 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
10093 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
10094 {
10095 int is_abs, sal_name_len;
10096
10097 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
10098 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
10099 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
10100 or at default pc.
10101
10102 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
10103
10104 0 1 pc
10105 1 1 pc _and_ line
10106 0 0 line
10107 1 0 <can't happen> */
10108
10109 sal = sals.sals[i];
10110 is_abs = sal.symtab == NULL ? 1 : IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal.symtab->filename);
10111 sal_name_len = is_abs ? 0 : strlen (sal.symtab->filename);
10112
10113 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
10114 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10115 {
10116 int match = 0;
10117 /* Are we going to delete b? */
10118 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
10119 {
10120 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
10121 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
10122 {
10123 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
10124 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
10125 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
10126 && sal.pc
10127 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
10128 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
10129 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
10130 || loc->section == sal.section));
10131 int line_match = 0;
10132
10133 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
10134 && loc->source_file != NULL
10135 && sal.symtab != NULL
10136 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
10137 && loc->line_number == sal.line)
10138 {
10139 if (filename_cmp (loc->source_file,
10140 sal.symtab->filename) == 0)
10141 line_match = 1;
10142 else if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal.symtab->filename)
10143 && compare_filenames_for_search (loc->source_file,
10144 sal.symtab->filename,
10145 sal_name_len))
10146 line_match = 1;
10147 }
10148
10149 if (pc_match || line_match)
10150 {
10151 match = 1;
10152 break;
10153 }
10154 }
10155 }
10156
10157 if (match)
10158 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
10159 }
10160 }
10161
10162 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
10163 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
10164 {
10165 if (arg)
10166 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
10167 else
10168 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
10169 }
10170
10171 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
10172 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
10173 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
10174 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
10175 compare_breakpoints);
10176 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
10177 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
10178 {
10179 if (b == prev)
10180 {
10181 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
10182 --ix;
10183 }
10184 }
10185
10186 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
10187 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
10188 if (from_tty)
10189 {
10190 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
10191 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
10192 else
10193 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
10194 }
10195 breakpoints_changed ();
10196
10197 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
10198 {
10199 if (from_tty)
10200 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
10201 delete_breakpoint (b);
10202 }
10203 if (from_tty)
10204 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
10205
10206 do_cleanups (cleanups);
10207 }
10208 \f
10209 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
10210 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
10211 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
10212
10213 void
10214 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
10215 {
10216 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
10217
10218 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
10219 if (bs->breakpoint_at
10220 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
10221 && bs->stop)
10222 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
10223
10224 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
10225 {
10226 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
10227 delete_breakpoint (b);
10228 }
10229 }
10230
10231 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
10232 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
10233 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
10234 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
10235 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
10236 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
10237
10238 static int
10239 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
10240 {
10241 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
10242 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
10243 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
10244 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
10245 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
10246
10247 if (a->address != b->address)
10248 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
10249
10250 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
10251 if (a_perm != b_perm)
10252 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
10253
10254 /* Make the user-visible order stable across GDB runs. Locations of
10255 the same breakpoint can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
10256
10257 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
10258 return (a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
10259 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number);
10260
10261 return (a > b) - (a < b);
10262 }
10263
10264 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
10265 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
10266 content of the bp_location array. */
10267
10268 static void
10269 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
10270 {
10271 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
10272
10273 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
10274 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
10275
10276 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
10277 {
10278 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
10279
10280 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
10281 continue;
10282
10283 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
10284 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
10285
10286 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
10287 addr = bl->address - start;
10288 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
10289 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
10290
10291 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
10292
10293 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
10294 addr = end - bl->address;
10295 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
10296 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
10297 }
10298 }
10299
10300 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
10301
10302 static void
10303 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
10304 {
10305 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
10306 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10307
10308 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
10309 return;
10310
10311 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
10312
10313 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
10314 {
10315 struct tracepoint *t;
10316
10317 if (!is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
10318 continue;
10319
10320 if ((bl->owner->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
10321 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
10322 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
10323 continue;
10324
10325 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
10326 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
10327 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
10328 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
10329 continue;
10330
10331 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
10332
10333 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
10334
10335 bl->inserted = 1;
10336 t = (struct tracepoint *) bl->owner;
10337 t->number_on_target = bl->owner->number;
10338 }
10339
10340 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10341 }
10342
10343 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
10344
10345 static void
10346 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
10347 {
10348 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
10349 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
10350 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
10351
10352 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
10353 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
10354 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
10355 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
10356 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
10357
10358 left->inserted = right->inserted;
10359 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
10360 left->target_info = right->target_info;
10361 right->inserted = left_inserted;
10362 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
10363 right->target_info = left_target_info;
10364 }
10365
10366 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
10367 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
10368 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
10369 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
10370 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
10371 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
10372 returns true on them.
10373
10374 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
10375 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
10376 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
10377 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
10378 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
10379 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
10380
10381 static void
10382 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
10383 {
10384 struct breakpoint *b;
10385 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
10386 struct cleanup *cleanups;
10387
10388 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
10389 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
10390 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
10391 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
10392 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
10393 once. */
10394 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
10395 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
10396 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
10397 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
10398
10399 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
10400 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
10401 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
10402 unsigned old_location_count;
10403
10404 old_location = bp_location;
10405 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
10406 bp_location = NULL;
10407 bp_location_count = 0;
10408 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
10409
10410 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10411 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
10412 bp_location_count++;
10413
10414 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
10415 locp = bp_location;
10416 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10417 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
10418 *locp++ = loc;
10419 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
10420 bp_location_compare);
10421
10422 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
10423
10424 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
10425 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
10426 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
10427 if there's another location at the same address (previously
10428 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
10429 location.
10430
10431 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
10432 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
10433
10434 locp = bp_location;
10435 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
10436 old_locp++)
10437 {
10438 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
10439 struct bp_location **loc2p;
10440
10441 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
10442 not, we have to free it. */
10443 int found_object = 0;
10444 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
10445 int keep_in_target = 0;
10446 int removed = 0;
10447
10448 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
10449 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
10450 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
10451 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
10452 locp++;
10453
10454 for (loc2p = locp;
10455 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
10456 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
10457 loc2p++)
10458 {
10459 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
10460 {
10461 found_object = 1;
10462 break;
10463 }
10464 }
10465
10466 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
10467 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
10468 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
10469 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
10470 at certain location is not inserted. */
10471
10472 if (old_loc->inserted)
10473 {
10474 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
10475 it. */
10476
10477 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
10478 {
10479 /* The location is still present in the location list,
10480 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
10481 keep_in_target = 1;
10482 }
10483 else
10484 {
10485 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
10486 disabled. See if there's another location at the
10487 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
10488 this one from the target. */
10489
10490 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
10491 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
10492 {
10493 for (loc2p = locp;
10494 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
10495 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
10496 loc2p++)
10497 {
10498 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
10499
10500 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
10501 {
10502 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
10503 access watchpoints, if the former are not
10504 supported, but the latter are. */
10505 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
10506 {
10507 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
10508 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
10509 }
10510
10511 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
10512 if it should be inserted in case it will be
10513 unduplicated. */
10514 if (loc2 != old_loc
10515 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
10516 {
10517 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
10518 keep_in_target = 1;
10519 break;
10520 }
10521 }
10522 }
10523 }
10524 }
10525
10526 if (!keep_in_target)
10527 {
10528 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
10529 {
10530 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
10531 this location on the global list, and try to
10532 remove it next time, but there's no particular
10533 reason why we will succeed next time.
10534
10535 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
10536 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
10537 only after calling us. */
10538 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
10539 "breakpoint %d\n"),
10540 old_loc->owner->number);
10541 }
10542 removed = 1;
10543 }
10544 }
10545
10546 if (!found_object)
10547 {
10548 if (removed && non_stop
10549 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
10550 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
10551 {
10552 /* This location was removed from the target. In
10553 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
10554 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
10555 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
10556 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
10557 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
10558 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
10559 after we see some number of events. The theory here
10560 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
10561 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
10562 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
10563 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
10564 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
10565 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
10566 SIGTRAP.
10567
10568 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
10569 decr_pc_after_break targets.
10570
10571 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
10572 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
10573 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
10574 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
10575 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
10576 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
10577 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
10578 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
10579 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
10580 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
10581 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
10582 targets that do not support new thread events, like
10583 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
10584 thread_count.
10585
10586 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
10587 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
10588 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
10589 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
10590
10591 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
10592 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
10593 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
10594 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
10595 traps we can no longer explain. */
10596
10597 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
10598 old_loc->owner = NULL;
10599
10600 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
10601 }
10602 else
10603 {
10604 old_loc->owner = NULL;
10605 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
10606 }
10607 }
10608 }
10609
10610 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
10611 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
10612 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
10613 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
10614 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
10615 are sorted first for the same address.
10616
10617 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
10618 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
10619
10620 bp_loc_first = NULL;
10621 wp_loc_first = NULL;
10622 awp_loc_first = NULL;
10623 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
10624 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
10625 {
10626 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
10627 non-NULL. */
10628 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
10629 b = loc->owner;
10630
10631 if (!should_be_inserted (loc)
10632 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
10633 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
10634 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
10635 `struct bp_location'. */
10636 || is_tracepoint (b))
10637 continue;
10638
10639 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
10640 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
10641 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10642 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
10643 "actually inserted"));
10644
10645 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
10646 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
10647 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
10648 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
10649 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
10650 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
10651 else
10652 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
10653
10654 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
10655 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
10656 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
10657 {
10658 *loc_first_p = loc;
10659 loc->duplicate = 0;
10660 continue;
10661 }
10662
10663
10664 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
10665 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
10666 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
10667 if (loc->inserted)
10668 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
10669 loc->duplicate = 1;
10670
10671 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
10672 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
10673 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10674 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
10675 "a permanent breakpoint"));
10676 }
10677
10678 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () && should_insert
10679 && (have_live_inferiors ()
10680 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))))
10681 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
10682
10683 if (should_insert)
10684 download_tracepoint_locations ();
10685
10686 do_cleanups (cleanups);
10687 }
10688
10689 void
10690 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
10691 {
10692 struct bp_location *loc;
10693 int ix;
10694
10695 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
10696 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
10697 {
10698 decref_bp_location (&loc);
10699 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
10700 --ix;
10701 }
10702 }
10703
10704 static void
10705 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
10706 {
10707 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
10708
10709 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
10710 update_global_location_list (inserting);
10711 }
10712
10713 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
10714
10715 static void
10716 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
10717 {
10718 bpstat bs;
10719
10720 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
10721 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
10722 {
10723 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
10724 bs->old_val = NULL;
10725 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
10726 }
10727 }
10728
10729 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
10730 static int
10731 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
10732 {
10733 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
10734
10735 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
10736 return 0;
10737 }
10738
10739 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
10740 callbacks. */
10741
10742 static void
10743 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
10744 {
10745 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10746 struct value_print_options opts;
10747
10748 get_user_print_options (&opts);
10749
10750 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
10751 single string. */
10752 if (b->loc == NULL)
10753 {
10754 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
10755 }
10756 else
10757 {
10758 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->source_file == NULL)
10759 {
10760 printf_filtered (" at ");
10761 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
10762 gdb_stdout);
10763 }
10764 if (b->loc->source_file)
10765 {
10766 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
10767 more nicely. */
10768 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
10769 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
10770 b->loc->source_file, b->loc->line_number);
10771 else
10772 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
10773 different file name, and this at least reflects the
10774 real situation somewhat. */
10775 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
10776 }
10777
10778 if (b->loc->next)
10779 {
10780 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
10781 int n = 0;
10782 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
10783 ++n;
10784 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
10785 }
10786 }
10787 }
10788
10789 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
10790
10791 static void
10792 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
10793 {
10794 xfree (self->cond);
10795 xfree (self->function_name);
10796 xfree (self->source_file);
10797 }
10798
10799 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
10800 {
10801 bp_location_dtor
10802 };
10803
10804 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
10805 inherit from. */
10806
10807 static void
10808 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
10809 {
10810 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
10811 xfree (self->cond_string);
10812 xfree (self->addr_string);
10813 xfree (self->filter);
10814 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
10815 }
10816
10817 static struct bp_location *
10818 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
10819 {
10820 struct bp_location *loc;
10821
10822 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
10823 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
10824 return loc;
10825 }
10826
10827 static void
10828 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
10829 {
10830 /* Nothing to re-set. */
10831 }
10832
10833 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
10834 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
10835
10836 static int
10837 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
10838 {
10839 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10840 }
10841
10842 static int
10843 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
10844 {
10845 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10846 }
10847
10848 static int
10849 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
10850 struct address_space *aspace,
10851 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10852 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10853 {
10854 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10855 }
10856
10857 static void
10858 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
10859 {
10860 /* Always stop. */
10861 }
10862
10863 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
10864 errors. */
10865
10866 static int
10867 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
10868 {
10869 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10870 }
10871
10872 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
10873 errors. */
10874
10875 static int
10876 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
10877 {
10878 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10879 }
10880
10881 static enum print_stop_action
10882 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
10883 {
10884 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10885 }
10886
10887 static void
10888 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
10889 struct ui_out *uiout)
10890 {
10891 /* nothing */
10892 }
10893
10894 static void
10895 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
10896 {
10897 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10898 }
10899
10900 static void
10901 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10902 {
10903 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10904 }
10905
10906 static void
10907 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
10908 struct linespec_result *canonical,
10909 enum bptype type_wanted,
10910 char *addr_start,
10911 char **copy_arg)
10912 {
10913 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10914 }
10915
10916 static void
10917 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
10918 struct linespec_result *c,
10919 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
10920 char *cond_string,
10921 enum bptype type_wanted,
10922 enum bpdisp disposition,
10923 int thread,
10924 int task, int ignore_count,
10925 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
10926 int from_tty, int enabled,
10927 int internal)
10928 {
10929 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10930 }
10931
10932 static void
10933 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
10934 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
10935 {
10936 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10937 }
10938
10939 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
10940 {
10941 base_breakpoint_dtor,
10942 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
10943 base_breakpoint_re_set,
10944 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
10945 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
10946 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
10947 base_breakpoint_check_status,
10948 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
10949 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
10950 base_breakpoint_print_it,
10951 NULL,
10952 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
10953 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
10954 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
10955 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
10956 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
10957 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
10958 };
10959
10960 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
10961
10962 static void
10963 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
10964 {
10965 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
10966 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
10967 {
10968 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
10969 delete_breakpoint (b);
10970 return;
10971 }
10972
10973 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
10974 }
10975
10976 static int
10977 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
10978 {
10979 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
10980 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
10981 &bl->target_info);
10982 else
10983 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
10984 &bl->target_info);
10985 }
10986
10987 static int
10988 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
10989 {
10990 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
10991 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
10992 else
10993 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
10994 }
10995
10996 static int
10997 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
10998 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10999 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
11000 {
11001 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
11002
11003 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
11004 || ws->value.sig != TARGET_SIGNAL_TRAP)
11005 return 0;
11006
11007 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
11008 aspace, bp_addr))
11009 return 0;
11010
11011 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
11012 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
11013 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
11014 return 0;
11015
11016 return 1;
11017 }
11018
11019 static int
11020 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
11021 {
11022 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
11023
11024 return 1;
11025 }
11026
11027 static enum print_stop_action
11028 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
11029 {
11030 struct breakpoint *b;
11031 const struct bp_location *bl;
11032 int bp_temp;
11033 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11034
11035 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
11036
11037 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
11038 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11039
11040 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11041 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
11042 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
11043 bl->address,
11044 b->number, 1);
11045 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
11046 if (bp_temp)
11047 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
11048 else
11049 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
11050 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11051 {
11052 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
11053 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
11054 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
11055 }
11056 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11057 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
11058
11059 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
11060 }
11061
11062 static void
11063 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11064 {
11065 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
11066 return;
11067
11068 switch (b->type)
11069 {
11070 case bp_breakpoint:
11071 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
11072 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
11073 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
11074 else
11075 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
11076 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
11077 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
11078 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
11079 break;
11080 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
11081 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
11082 break;
11083 }
11084
11085 say_where (b);
11086 }
11087
11088 static void
11089 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
11090 {
11091 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
11092 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
11093 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
11094 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
11095 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
11096 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
11097 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
11098 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
11099 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
11100 else
11101 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11102 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
11103
11104 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
11105 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
11106 }
11107
11108 static void
11109 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
11110 struct linespec_result *canonical,
11111 enum bptype type_wanted,
11112 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
11113 {
11114 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
11115 addr_start, copy_arg);
11116 }
11117
11118 static void
11119 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11120 struct linespec_result *canonical,
11121 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
11122 char *cond_string,
11123 enum bptype type_wanted,
11124 enum bpdisp disposition,
11125 int thread,
11126 int task, int ignore_count,
11127 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11128 int from_tty, int enabled,
11129 int internal)
11130 {
11131 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
11132 cond_string, type_wanted,
11133 disposition, thread, task,
11134 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
11135 enabled, internal);
11136 }
11137
11138 static void
11139 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
11140 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
11141 {
11142 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
11143 }
11144
11145 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
11146
11147 static void
11148 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
11149 {
11150 switch (b->type)
11151 {
11152 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
11153 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
11154 case bp_overlay_event:
11155 case bp_longjmp_master:
11156 case bp_std_terminate_master:
11157 case bp_exception_master:
11158 delete_breakpoint (b);
11159 break;
11160
11161 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
11162 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
11163 case bp_shlib_event:
11164
11165 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
11166 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
11167 case bp_thread_event:
11168 break;
11169 }
11170 }
11171
11172 static void
11173 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
11174 {
11175 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
11176 {
11177 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
11178 events. This allows the user to get control and place
11179 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
11180 objects (among other things). */
11181 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
11182 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
11183 }
11184 else
11185 bs->stop = 0;
11186 }
11187
11188 static enum print_stop_action
11189 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
11190 {
11191 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11192 struct breakpoint *b;
11193
11194 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11195
11196 switch (b->type)
11197 {
11198 case bp_shlib_event:
11199 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
11200 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
11201 to shlib event" message.) */
11202 ui_out_text (uiout, _("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
11203 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11204 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
11205 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
11206 break;
11207
11208 case bp_thread_event:
11209 /* Not sure how we will get here.
11210 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
11211 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11212 break;
11213
11214 case bp_overlay_event:
11215 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
11216 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11217 break;
11218
11219 case bp_longjmp_master:
11220 /* These should never be enabled. */
11221 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11222 break;
11223
11224 case bp_std_terminate_master:
11225 /* These should never be enabled. */
11226 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
11227 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
11228 break;
11229
11230 case bp_exception_master:
11231 /* These should never be enabled. */
11232 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
11233 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
11234 break;
11235 }
11236
11237 return PRINT_NOTHING;
11238 }
11239
11240 static void
11241 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11242 {
11243 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
11244 }
11245
11246 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
11247
11248 static void
11249 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
11250 {
11251 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
11252 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
11253 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
11254 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
11255 }
11256
11257 static void
11258 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
11259 {
11260 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
11261 }
11262
11263 static enum print_stop_action
11264 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
11265 {
11266 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11267
11268 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11269 {
11270 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11271
11272 switch (b->type)
11273 {
11274 case bp_finish:
11275 ui_out_field_string
11276 (uiout, "reason",
11277 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
11278 break;
11279
11280 case bp_until:
11281 ui_out_field_string
11282 (uiout, "reason",
11283 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
11284 break;
11285 }
11286 }
11287
11288 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
11289 }
11290
11291 static void
11292 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11293 {
11294 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
11295 }
11296
11297 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
11298
11299 static void
11300 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
11301 {
11302 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
11303 }
11304
11305 static int
11306 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
11307 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
11308 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
11309 {
11310 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
11311 tracepoints. */
11312 return 0;
11313 }
11314
11315 static void
11316 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
11317 struct ui_out *uiout)
11318 {
11319 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
11320 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
11321 {
11322 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
11323
11324 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
11325 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
11326 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11327 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11328 }
11329 }
11330
11331 static void
11332 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11333 {
11334 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
11335 return;
11336
11337 switch (b->type)
11338 {
11339 case bp_tracepoint:
11340 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
11341 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
11342 break;
11343 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
11344 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
11345 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
11346 break;
11347 case bp_static_tracepoint:
11348 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
11349 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
11350 break;
11351 default:
11352 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11353 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
11354 }
11355
11356 say_where (b);
11357 }
11358
11359 static void
11360 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
11361 {
11362 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
11363
11364 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
11365 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
11366 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
11367 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
11368 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
11369 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
11370 else
11371 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11372 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
11373
11374 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
11375 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
11376
11377 if (tp->pass_count)
11378 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
11379 }
11380
11381 static void
11382 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
11383 struct linespec_result *canonical,
11384 enum bptype type_wanted,
11385 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
11386 {
11387 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
11388 addr_start, copy_arg);
11389 }
11390
11391 static void
11392 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11393 struct linespec_result *canonical,
11394 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
11395 char *cond_string,
11396 enum bptype type_wanted,
11397 enum bpdisp disposition,
11398 int thread,
11399 int task, int ignore_count,
11400 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11401 int from_tty, int enabled,
11402 int internal)
11403 {
11404 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
11405 cond_string, type_wanted,
11406 disposition, thread, task,
11407 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
11408 enabled, internal);
11409 }
11410
11411 static void
11412 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
11413 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
11414 {
11415 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
11416 }
11417
11418 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
11419
11420 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
11421 markers (`-m'). */
11422
11423 static void
11424 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
11425 struct linespec_result *canonical,
11426 enum bptype type_wanted,
11427 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
11428 {
11429 struct linespec_sals lsal;
11430
11431 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
11432
11433 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
11434
11435 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
11436 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
11437 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
11438 }
11439
11440 static void
11441 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11442 struct linespec_result *canonical,
11443 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
11444 char *cond_string,
11445 enum bptype type_wanted,
11446 enum bpdisp disposition,
11447 int thread,
11448 int task, int ignore_count,
11449 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11450 int from_tty, int enabled,
11451 int internal)
11452 {
11453 int i;
11454
11455 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
11456 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
11457 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
11458 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
11459 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
11460 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
11461
11462 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
11463 {
11464 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
11465 struct tracepoint *tp;
11466 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11467 char *addr_string;
11468
11469 expanded.nelts = 1;
11470 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
11471
11472 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
11473 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
11474
11475 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
11476 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
11477 addr_string, NULL,
11478 cond_string, type_wanted, disposition,
11479 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
11480 from_tty, enabled, internal,
11481 canonical->special_display);
11482 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
11483 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
11484 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
11485 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
11486 try to match up which of the newly found markers
11487 corresponds to this one */
11488 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
11489
11490 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
11491
11492 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11493 }
11494 }
11495
11496 static void
11497 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
11498 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
11499 {
11500 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
11501
11502 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
11503 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
11504 {
11505 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
11506 sals->nelts = 1;
11507 }
11508 else
11509 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11510 }
11511
11512 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
11513
11514 static int
11515 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
11516 {
11517 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
11518 }
11519
11520 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
11521 structures. */
11522
11523 void
11524 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
11525 {
11526 struct breakpoint *b;
11527
11528 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
11529
11530 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
11531 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
11532 especial culprits.
11533
11534 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
11535 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
11536 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
11537 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
11538 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
11539 deleted.
11540
11541 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
11542 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
11543 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
11544 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
11545 was chosen. */
11546 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
11547 return;
11548
11549 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
11550 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
11551 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
11552 {
11553 struct breakpoint *related;
11554 struct watchpoint *w;
11555
11556 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
11557 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
11558 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
11559 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
11560 else
11561 w = NULL;
11562 if (w != NULL)
11563 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
11564
11565 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
11566 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
11567 related = related->related_breakpoint);
11568 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
11569 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
11570 }
11571
11572 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
11573 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
11574 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
11575 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
11576 if (bpt->number)
11577 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
11578
11579 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
11580 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
11581
11582 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11583 if (b->next == bpt)
11584 {
11585 b->next = bpt->next;
11586 break;
11587 }
11588
11589 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
11590 been freed. */
11591 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
11592 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
11593 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
11594 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
11595 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
11596 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
11597 commands won't work. */
11598
11599 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
11600
11601 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
11602 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
11603 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
11604 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
11605 might be better design to have location completely
11606 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
11607 update_global_location_list (0);
11608
11609 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
11610 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
11611 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
11612 bpt->type = bp_none;
11613 xfree (bpt);
11614 }
11615
11616 static void
11617 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
11618 {
11619 delete_breakpoint (b);
11620 }
11621
11622 struct cleanup *
11623 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11624 {
11625 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
11626 }
11627
11628 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
11629 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
11630
11631 static void
11632 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
11633 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
11634 void *),
11635 void *data)
11636 {
11637 struct breakpoint *related;
11638
11639 related = b;
11640 do
11641 {
11642 struct breakpoint *next;
11643
11644 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
11645 next = related->related_breakpoint;
11646
11647 if (next == related)
11648 {
11649 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
11650 function (related, data);
11651
11652 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
11653 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
11654 out. */
11655 break;
11656 }
11657 else
11658 function (related, data);
11659
11660 related = next;
11661 }
11662 while (related != b);
11663 }
11664
11665 static void
11666 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
11667 {
11668 delete_breakpoint (b);
11669 }
11670
11671 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
11672 delete_breakpoint. */
11673
11674 static void
11675 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
11676 {
11677 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
11678 }
11679
11680 void
11681 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11682 {
11683 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
11684
11685 dont_repeat ();
11686
11687 if (arg == 0)
11688 {
11689 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
11690
11691 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
11692 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
11693 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
11694 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11695 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
11696 {
11697 breaks_to_delete = 1;
11698 break;
11699 }
11700
11701 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
11702 if (!from_tty
11703 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
11704 {
11705 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
11706 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
11707 delete_breakpoint (b);
11708 }
11709 }
11710 else
11711 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
11712 }
11713
11714 static int
11715 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
11716 {
11717 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11718 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
11719 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
11720 return 0;
11721 return 1;
11722 }
11723
11724 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
11725 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
11726 Null names are ignored. */
11727
11728 static int
11729 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
11730 {
11731 struct bp_location *l;
11732 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
11733 (int (*) (const void *,
11734 const void *)) streq,
11735 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
11736
11737 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
11738 {
11739 const char **slot;
11740 const char *name = l->function_name;
11741
11742 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
11743 if (name == NULL)
11744 continue;
11745
11746 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
11747 INSERT);
11748 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
11749 returns NULL. */
11750 if (*slot != NULL)
11751 {
11752 htab_delete (htab);
11753 return 1;
11754 }
11755 *slot = name;
11756 }
11757
11758 htab_delete (htab);
11759 return 0;
11760 }
11761
11762 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
11763 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
11764 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
11765 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
11766 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
11767 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
11768 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
11769 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
11770 The heuristic is:
11771
11772 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
11773 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
11774 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
11775 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
11776 in the sources, and output a warning.
11777
11778 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
11779 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
11780 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
11781 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
11782 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
11783 warning.
11784
11785 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
11786 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
11787 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
11788 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
11789 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
11790 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
11791 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
11792 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
11793 precisely because it confuses tools). */
11794
11795 static struct symtab_and_line
11796 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
11797 {
11798 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
11799 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
11800 CORE_ADDR pc;
11801 int i;
11802
11803 pc = sal.pc;
11804 if (sal.line)
11805 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
11806
11807 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
11808 {
11809 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
11810 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
11811 b->number,
11812 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
11813
11814 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11815 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
11816 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
11817
11818 return sal;
11819 }
11820
11821 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
11822 by string ID. */
11823 if (!sal.explicit_pc
11824 && sal.line != 0
11825 && sal.symtab != NULL
11826 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
11827 {
11828 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
11829
11830 markers
11831 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11832
11833 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
11834 {
11835 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11836 struct symbol *sym;
11837 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
11838 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11839
11840 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
11841
11842 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11843 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
11844
11845 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
11846 "found at previous line number"),
11847 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11848
11849 init_sal (&sal2);
11850
11851 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
11852
11853 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
11854 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
11855 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
11856 if (sym)
11857 {
11858 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
11859 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
11860 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
11861 }
11862 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", sal2.symtab->filename);
11863 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
11864
11865 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11866 {
11867 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
11868
11869 if (fullname)
11870 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
11871 }
11872
11873 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
11874 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11875
11876 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
11877
11878 xfree (b->loc->source_file);
11879 if (sym)
11880 b->loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal2.symtab->filename);
11881 else
11882 b->loc->source_file = NULL;
11883
11884 xfree (b->addr_string);
11885 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
11886 sal2.symtab->filename,
11887 b->loc->line_number);
11888
11889 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
11890 so. */
11891
11892 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
11893 }
11894 }
11895 return sal;
11896 }
11897
11898 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
11899 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
11900
11901 static int
11902 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
11903 {
11904 while (a && b)
11905 {
11906 if (a->address != b->address)
11907 return 0;
11908
11909 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
11910 return 0;
11911
11912 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
11913 return 0;
11914
11915 a = a->next;
11916 b = b->next;
11917 }
11918
11919 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
11920 return 0;
11921
11922 return 1;
11923 }
11924
11925 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
11926 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
11927 a ranged breakpoint. */
11928
11929 void
11930 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
11931 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
11932 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
11933 {
11934 int i;
11935 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
11936
11937 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
11938 {
11939 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
11940 location. */
11941 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
11942 update_global_location_list (1);
11943 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
11944 "multiple locations found\n"),
11945 b->number);
11946 return;
11947 }
11948
11949 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
11950 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
11951 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
11952 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
11953 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
11954 individual locations. */
11955 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
11956 return;
11957
11958 b->loc = NULL;
11959
11960 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
11961 {
11962 struct bp_location *new_loc;
11963
11964 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
11965
11966 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
11967
11968 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
11969 old symtab. */
11970 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
11971 {
11972 char *s;
11973 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
11974
11975 s = b->cond_string;
11976 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
11977 {
11978 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
11979 0);
11980 }
11981 if (e.reason < 0)
11982 {
11983 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
11984 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
11985 b->number, e.message);
11986 new_loc->enabled = 0;
11987 }
11988 }
11989
11990 if (sals_end.nelts)
11991 {
11992 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
11993
11994 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
11995 }
11996 }
11997
11998 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
11999 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
12000 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
12001
12002 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
12003 breakpoints. */
12004 {
12005 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
12006 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
12007 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
12008 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
12009 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
12010 often enough until a better solution is found. */
12011 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
12012
12013 for (; e; e = e->next)
12014 {
12015 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
12016 {
12017 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
12018 if (have_ambiguous_names)
12019 {
12020 for (; l; l = l->next)
12021 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
12022 {
12023 l->enabled = 0;
12024 break;
12025 }
12026 }
12027 else
12028 {
12029 for (; l; l = l->next)
12030 if (l->function_name
12031 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
12032 {
12033 l->enabled = 0;
12034 break;
12035 }
12036 }
12037 }
12038 }
12039 }
12040
12041 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
12042 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12043
12044 update_global_location_list (1);
12045 }
12046
12047 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
12048 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
12049
12050 static struct symtabs_and_lines
12051 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
12052 {
12053 char *s;
12054 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
12055 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12056
12057 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
12058 s = addr_string;
12059
12060 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12061 {
12062 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
12063 }
12064 if (e.reason < 0)
12065 {
12066 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
12067 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
12068 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
12069 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
12070 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
12071 state, then user already saw the message about that
12072 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
12073 errors. */
12074 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
12075 && (b->condition_not_parsed
12076 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
12077 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
12078 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
12079 not_found_and_ok = 1;
12080
12081 if (!not_found_and_ok)
12082 {
12083 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
12084 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
12085 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
12086 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
12087 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
12088 which approach is better. */
12089 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
12090 throw_exception (e);
12091 }
12092 }
12093
12094 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
12095 {
12096 int i;
12097
12098 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
12099 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
12100 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
12101 {
12102 char *cond_string = 0;
12103 int thread = -1;
12104 int task = 0;
12105
12106 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
12107 &cond_string, &thread, &task);
12108 if (cond_string)
12109 b->cond_string = cond_string;
12110 b->thread = thread;
12111 b->task = task;
12112 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
12113 }
12114
12115 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
12116 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
12117
12118 *found = 1;
12119 }
12120 else
12121 *found = 0;
12122
12123 return sals;
12124 }
12125
12126 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
12127 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
12128 locations. */
12129
12130 static void
12131 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
12132 {
12133 int found;
12134 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
12135 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
12136 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
12137
12138 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
12139 if (found)
12140 {
12141 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
12142 expanded = sals;
12143 }
12144
12145 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
12146 {
12147 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
12148 if (found)
12149 {
12150 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
12151 expanded_end = sals_end;
12152 }
12153 }
12154
12155 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
12156 }
12157
12158 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
12159 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
12160
12161 static void
12162 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
12163 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12164 enum bptype type_wanted,
12165 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
12166 {
12167 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
12168 }
12169
12170 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
12171 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
12172 breakpoint_ops. */
12173
12174 static void
12175 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12176 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12177 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12178 char *cond_string,
12179 enum bptype type_wanted,
12180 enum bpdisp disposition,
12181 int thread,
12182 int task, int ignore_count,
12183 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12184 int from_tty, int enabled,
12185 int internal)
12186 {
12187 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
12188 type_wanted, disposition,
12189 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
12190 enabled, internal);
12191 }
12192
12193 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
12194 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
12195
12196 static void
12197 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12198 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12199 {
12200 struct linespec_result canonical;
12201
12202 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
12203 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
12204 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
12205 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
12206 b->filter);
12207
12208 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
12209 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
12210
12211 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
12212 {
12213 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
12214
12215 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
12216 *sals = lsal->sals;
12217 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
12218 contents. */
12219 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
12220 }
12221
12222 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
12223 }
12224
12225 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
12226
12227 static struct cleanup *
12228 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
12229 {
12230 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12231
12232 input_radix = b->input_radix;
12233 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12234 if (b->pspace != NULL)
12235 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
12236 set_language (b->language);
12237
12238 return cleanups;
12239 }
12240
12241 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
12242 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
12243 Unused in this case. */
12244
12245 static int
12246 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
12247 {
12248 /* Get past catch_errs. */
12249 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
12250 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12251
12252 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
12253 b->ops->re_set (b);
12254 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12255 return 0;
12256 }
12257
12258 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
12259 void
12260 breakpoint_re_set (void)
12261 {
12262 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12263 enum language save_language;
12264 int save_input_radix;
12265 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12266
12267 save_language = current_language->la_language;
12268 save_input_radix = input_radix;
12269 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
12270
12271 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12272 {
12273 /* Format possible error msg. */
12274 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
12275 b->number);
12276 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
12277 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
12278 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12279 }
12280 set_language (save_language);
12281 input_radix = save_input_radix;
12282
12283 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
12284
12285 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12286
12287 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
12288 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
12289 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
12290 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
12291
12292 /* While we're at it, reset the skip list too. */
12293 skip_re_set ();
12294 }
12295 \f
12296 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
12297
12298 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
12299 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
12300 void
12301 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
12302 {
12303 if (b->thread != -1)
12304 {
12305 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
12306 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
12307
12308 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
12309 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
12310 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
12311 as well. */
12312 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
12313 }
12314 }
12315
12316 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
12317 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
12318 which ends with a period (no newline). */
12319
12320 void
12321 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
12322 {
12323 struct breakpoint *b;
12324
12325 if (count < 0)
12326 count = 0;
12327
12328 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12329 if (b->number == bptnum)
12330 {
12331 if (is_tracepoint (b))
12332 {
12333 if (from_tty && count != 0)
12334 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
12335 bptnum);
12336 return;
12337 }
12338
12339 b->ignore_count = count;
12340 if (from_tty)
12341 {
12342 if (count == 0)
12343 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
12344 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
12345 bptnum);
12346 else if (count == 1)
12347 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
12348 bptnum);
12349 else
12350 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
12351 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
12352 count, bptnum);
12353 }
12354 breakpoints_changed ();
12355 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12356 return;
12357 }
12358
12359 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
12360 }
12361
12362 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
12363
12364 static void
12365 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12366 {
12367 char *p = args;
12368 int num;
12369
12370 if (p == 0)
12371 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
12372
12373 num = get_number (&p);
12374 if (num == 0)
12375 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
12376 if (*p == 0)
12377 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
12378
12379 set_ignore_count (num,
12380 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
12381 from_tty);
12382 if (from_tty)
12383 printf_filtered ("\n");
12384 }
12385 \f
12386 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
12387 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
12388
12389 static void
12390 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
12391 void *),
12392 void *data)
12393 {
12394 int num;
12395 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
12396 int match;
12397 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
12398
12399 if (args == 0)
12400 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
12401
12402 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
12403
12404 while (!state.finished)
12405 {
12406 char *p = state.string;
12407
12408 match = 0;
12409
12410 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
12411 if (num == 0)
12412 {
12413 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
12414 }
12415 else
12416 {
12417 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
12418 if (b->number == num)
12419 {
12420 match = 1;
12421 function (b, data);
12422 break;
12423 }
12424 if (match == 0)
12425 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
12426 }
12427 }
12428 }
12429
12430 static struct bp_location *
12431 find_location_by_number (char *number)
12432 {
12433 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
12434 char *p1;
12435 int bp_num;
12436 int loc_num;
12437 struct breakpoint *b;
12438 struct bp_location *loc;
12439
12440 *dot = '\0';
12441
12442 p1 = number;
12443 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
12444 if (bp_num == 0)
12445 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
12446
12447 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12448 if (b->number == bp_num)
12449 {
12450 break;
12451 }
12452
12453 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
12454 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
12455
12456 p1 = dot+1;
12457 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
12458 if (loc_num == 0)
12459 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
12460
12461 --loc_num;
12462 loc = b->loc;
12463 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
12464 ;
12465 if (!loc)
12466 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
12467
12468 return loc;
12469 }
12470
12471
12472 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
12473 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
12474 which ends with a period (no newline). */
12475
12476 void
12477 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
12478 {
12479 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
12480 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
12481 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
12482 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
12483 return;
12484
12485 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
12486 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
12487 return;
12488
12489 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
12490
12491 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12492 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
12493 {
12494 struct bp_location *location;
12495
12496 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
12497 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
12498 }
12499
12500 update_global_location_list (0);
12501
12502 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
12503 }
12504
12505 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
12506
12507 static void
12508 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
12509 {
12510 disable_breakpoint (b);
12511 }
12512
12513 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
12514 disable_breakpoint. */
12515
12516 static void
12517 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
12518 {
12519 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
12520 }
12521
12522 static void
12523 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12524 {
12525 if (args == 0)
12526 {
12527 struct breakpoint *bpt;
12528
12529 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
12530 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
12531 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
12532 }
12533 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
12534 {
12535 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
12536 if (loc)
12537 {
12538 loc->enabled = 0;
12539 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12540 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
12541 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
12542 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
12543 }
12544 update_global_location_list (0);
12545 }
12546 else
12547 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
12548 }
12549
12550 static void
12551 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition)
12552 {
12553 int target_resources_ok;
12554
12555 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
12556 {
12557 int i;
12558 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
12559 target_resources_ok =
12560 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
12561 i + 1, 0);
12562 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
12563 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
12564 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
12565 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
12566 }
12567
12568 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
12569 {
12570 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
12571 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
12572 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12573
12574 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
12575 {
12576 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
12577
12578 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
12579 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
12580 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
12581 }
12582 if (e.reason < 0)
12583 {
12584 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
12585 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
12586 bpt->number);
12587 return;
12588 }
12589 }
12590
12591 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
12592 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
12593
12594 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12595 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
12596 {
12597 struct bp_location *location;
12598
12599 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
12600 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
12601 }
12602
12603 bpt->disposition = disposition;
12604 update_global_location_list (1);
12605 breakpoints_changed ();
12606
12607 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
12608 }
12609
12610
12611 void
12612 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
12613 {
12614 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition);
12615 }
12616
12617 static void
12618 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
12619 {
12620 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
12621 }
12622
12623 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
12624 enable_breakpoint. */
12625
12626 static void
12627 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
12628 {
12629 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
12630 }
12631
12632 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
12633 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
12634 in stopping the inferior. */
12635
12636 static void
12637 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12638 {
12639 if (args == 0)
12640 {
12641 struct breakpoint *bpt;
12642
12643 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
12644 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
12645 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
12646 }
12647 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
12648 {
12649 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
12650 if (loc)
12651 {
12652 loc->enabled = 1;
12653 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12654 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
12655 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
12656 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
12657 }
12658 update_global_location_list (1);
12659 }
12660 else
12661 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
12662 }
12663
12664 static void
12665 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
12666 {
12667 enum bpdisp disp = *(enum bpdisp *) arg;
12668
12669 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp);
12670 }
12671
12672 static void
12673 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
12674 {
12675 enum bpdisp disp = disp_disable;
12676
12677 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
12678 }
12679
12680 static void
12681 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12682 {
12683 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
12684 }
12685
12686 static void
12687 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
12688 {
12689 enum bpdisp disp = disp_del;
12690
12691 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
12692 }
12693
12694 static void
12695 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12696 {
12697 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
12698 }
12699 \f
12700 static void
12701 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
12702 {
12703 }
12704
12705 static void
12706 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
12707 {
12708 }
12709
12710 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
12711 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
12712 GDB itself. */
12713
12714 static void
12715 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (CORE_ADDR addr, int len,
12716 const bfd_byte *data)
12717 {
12718 struct breakpoint *bp;
12719
12720 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
12721 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
12722 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12723 {
12724 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
12725
12726 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
12727 {
12728 struct bp_location *loc;
12729
12730 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
12731 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
12732 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
12733 && addr + len > loc->address)
12734 {
12735 value_free (wp->val);
12736 wp->val = NULL;
12737 wp->val_valid = 0;
12738 }
12739 }
12740 }
12741 }
12742
12743 /* Use the last displayed codepoint's values, or nothing
12744 if they aren't valid. */
12745
12746 struct symtabs_and_lines
12747 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string, int flags)
12748 {
12749 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
12750
12751 if (string == 0)
12752 error (_("Empty line specification."));
12753 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
12754 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, flags,
12755 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
12756 get_last_displayed_line ());
12757 else
12758 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, flags, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
12759 if (*string)
12760 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string);
12761 return sals;
12762 }
12763
12764 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
12765 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
12766 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
12767 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
12768 someday. */
12769
12770 void *
12771 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12772 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
12773 {
12774 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
12775
12776 bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info);
12777
12778 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
12779 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
12780
12781 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
12782 {
12783 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
12784 xfree (bp_tgt);
12785 return NULL;
12786 }
12787
12788 return bp_tgt;
12789 }
12790
12791 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
12792 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
12793
12794 int
12795 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
12796 {
12797 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
12798 int ret;
12799
12800 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
12801 xfree (bp_tgt);
12802
12803 return ret;
12804 }
12805
12806 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
12807 stepping. */
12808
12809 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
12810 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
12811
12812 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
12813
12814 void
12815 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12816 struct address_space *aspace,
12817 CORE_ADDR next_pc)
12818 {
12819 void **bpt_p;
12820
12821 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
12822 {
12823 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
12824 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
12825 }
12826 else
12827 {
12828 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
12829 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
12830 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
12831 }
12832
12833 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
12834 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
12835 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
12836 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
12837 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
12838 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
12839
12840 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
12841 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
12842 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
12843 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
12844 }
12845
12846 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
12847 were inserted or not. */
12848
12849 int
12850 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
12851 {
12852 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
12853 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
12854 }
12855
12856 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
12857
12858 void
12859 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12860 {
12861 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
12862
12863 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
12864 call. */
12865 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
12866 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
12867 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
12868 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
12869
12870 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
12871 {
12872 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
12873 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
12874 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
12875 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
12876 }
12877 }
12878
12879 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
12880 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
12881 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
12882 exec. */
12883
12884 void
12885 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12886 {
12887 int i;
12888
12889 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
12890 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
12891 {
12892 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
12893 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
12894 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
12895 }
12896 }
12897
12898 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
12899 removing them. */
12900
12901 static void
12902 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12903 {
12904 int i;
12905
12906 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
12907 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
12908 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
12909 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
12910 }
12911
12912 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
12913 PC. */
12914
12915 static int
12916 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
12917 CORE_ADDR pc)
12918 {
12919 int i;
12920
12921 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
12922 {
12923 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
12924 if (bp_tgt
12925 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
12926 bp_tgt->placed_address,
12927 aspace, pc))
12928 return 1;
12929 }
12930
12931 return 0;
12932 }
12933
12934 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
12935 non-zero otherwise. */
12936 static int
12937 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
12938 {
12939 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
12940 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
12941 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
12942 return 1;
12943 else
12944 return 0;
12945 }
12946
12947 int
12948 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
12949 {
12950 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
12951
12952 return inf->total_syscalls_count != 0;
12953 }
12954
12955 int
12956 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
12957 {
12958 struct breakpoint *bp;
12959
12960 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
12961 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
12962 {
12963 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
12964
12965 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
12966 {
12967 int i, iter;
12968 for (i = 0;
12969 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
12970 i++)
12971 if (syscall_number == iter)
12972 return 1;
12973 }
12974 else
12975 return 1;
12976 }
12977
12978 return 0;
12979 }
12980
12981 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
12982 static char **
12983 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
12984 char *text, char *word)
12985 {
12986 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
12987 char **retlist
12988 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, text, word);
12989
12990 xfree (list);
12991 return retlist;
12992 }
12993
12994 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
12995
12996 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
12997 static void
12998 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
12999 {
13000 tracepoint_count = num;
13001 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
13002 }
13003
13004 void
13005 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13006 {
13007 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
13008 arg,
13009 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
13010 0 /* tempflag */,
13011 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
13012 0 /* Ignore count */,
13013 pending_break_support,
13014 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
13015 from_tty,
13016 1 /* enabled */,
13017 0 /* internal */))
13018 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
13019 }
13020
13021 void
13022 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13023 {
13024 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
13025 arg,
13026 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
13027 0 /* tempflag */,
13028 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
13029 0 /* Ignore count */,
13030 pending_break_support,
13031 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
13032 from_tty,
13033 1 /* enabled */,
13034 0 /* internal */))
13035 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
13036 }
13037
13038 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
13039
13040 void
13041 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13042 {
13043 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
13044
13045 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
13046 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
13047 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
13048 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13049 else
13050 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13051
13052 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
13053 arg,
13054 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
13055 0 /* tempflag */,
13056 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
13057 0 /* Ignore count */,
13058 pending_break_support,
13059 ops,
13060 from_tty,
13061 1 /* enabled */,
13062 0 /* internal */))
13063 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
13064 }
13065
13066 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
13067 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
13068
13069 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
13070 static int next_cmd;
13071
13072 static char *
13073 read_uploaded_action (void)
13074 {
13075 char *rslt;
13076
13077 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
13078
13079 next_cmd++;
13080
13081 return rslt;
13082 }
13083
13084 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
13085 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
13086 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
13087 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
13088 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
13089
13090 struct tracepoint *
13091 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
13092 {
13093 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
13094 struct tracepoint *tp;
13095
13096 if (utp->at_string)
13097 addr_str = utp->at_string;
13098 else
13099 {
13100 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
13101 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
13102 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
13103 user. */
13104 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
13105 "source location, using raw address"),
13106 utp->number);
13107 sprintf (small_buf, "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
13108 addr_str = small_buf;
13109 }
13110
13111 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
13112 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
13113 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
13114 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
13115 utp->number);
13116
13117 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
13118 addr_str,
13119 utp->cond_string, -1, 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
13120 0 /* tempflag */,
13121 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
13122 0 /* Ignore count */,
13123 pending_break_support,
13124 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
13125 0 /* from_tty */,
13126 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
13127 0 /* internal */))
13128 return NULL;
13129
13130 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
13131
13132 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
13133 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
13134 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
13135
13136 if (utp->pass > 0)
13137 {
13138 sprintf (small_buf, "%d %d", utp->pass, tp->base.number);
13139
13140 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
13141 }
13142
13143 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
13144 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
13145 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
13146 function. */
13147 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
13148 {
13149 struct command_line *cmd_list;
13150
13151 this_utp = utp;
13152 next_cmd = 0;
13153
13154 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
13155
13156 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
13157 }
13158 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
13159 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
13160 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
13161 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
13162 utp->number);
13163
13164 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
13165 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
13166 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
13167
13168 return tp;
13169 }
13170
13171 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
13172 omitted. */
13173
13174 static void
13175 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
13176 {
13177 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13178 int num_printed;
13179
13180 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
13181
13182 if (num_printed == 0)
13183 {
13184 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
13185 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
13186 else
13187 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
13188 }
13189
13190 default_collect_info ();
13191 }
13192
13193 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
13194 Not supported by all targets. */
13195 static void
13196 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13197 {
13198 enable_command (args, from_tty);
13199 }
13200
13201 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
13202 Not supported by all targets. */
13203 static void
13204 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13205 {
13206 disable_command (args, from_tty);
13207 }
13208
13209 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
13210 static void
13211 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13212 {
13213 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13214
13215 dont_repeat ();
13216
13217 if (arg == 0)
13218 {
13219 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13220
13221 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
13222 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
13223 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
13224 argument. */
13225 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
13226 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
13227 {
13228 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13229 break;
13230 }
13231
13232 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13233 if (!from_tty
13234 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
13235 {
13236 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13237 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
13238 delete_breakpoint (b);
13239 }
13240 }
13241 else
13242 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13243 }
13244
13245 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
13246
13247 static void
13248 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
13249 {
13250 tp->pass_count = count;
13251 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (tp->base.number);
13252 if (from_tty)
13253 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
13254 tp->base.number, count);
13255 }
13256
13257 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
13258
13259 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
13260 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
13261 Also accepts special argument "all". */
13262
13263 static void
13264 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13265 {
13266 struct tracepoint *t1;
13267 unsigned int count;
13268
13269 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
13270 error (_("passcount command requires an "
13271 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
13272
13273 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
13274
13275 while (*args && isspace ((int) *args))
13276 args++;
13277
13278 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
13279 {
13280 struct breakpoint *b;
13281
13282 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
13283 if (*args)
13284 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
13285
13286 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
13287 {
13288 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13289 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
13290 }
13291 }
13292 else if (*args == '\0')
13293 {
13294 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL, 1);
13295 if (t1)
13296 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
13297 }
13298 else
13299 {
13300 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
13301
13302 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
13303 while (!state.finished)
13304 {
13305 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state, 1);
13306 if (t1)
13307 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
13308 }
13309 }
13310 }
13311
13312 struct tracepoint *
13313 get_tracepoint (int num)
13314 {
13315 struct breakpoint *t;
13316
13317 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
13318 if (t->number == num)
13319 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
13320
13321 return NULL;
13322 }
13323
13324 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
13325 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
13326 reconnecting). */
13327
13328 struct tracepoint *
13329 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
13330 {
13331 struct breakpoint *b;
13332
13333 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
13334 {
13335 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13336
13337 if (t->number_on_target == num)
13338 return t;
13339 }
13340
13341 return NULL;
13342 }
13343
13344 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
13345 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
13346 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
13347 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
13348 struct tracepoint *
13349 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
13350 struct get_number_or_range_state *state,
13351 int optional_p)
13352 {
13353 extern int tracepoint_count;
13354 struct breakpoint *t;
13355 int tpnum;
13356 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
13357
13358 if (state)
13359 {
13360 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
13361 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
13362 }
13363 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
13364 {
13365 if (optional_p)
13366 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
13367 else
13368 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
13369 }
13370 else
13371 tpnum = get_number (arg);
13372
13373 if (tpnum <= 0)
13374 {
13375 if (instring && *instring)
13376 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
13377 instring);
13378 else
13379 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
13380 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
13381 return NULL;
13382 }
13383
13384 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
13385 if (t->number == tpnum)
13386 {
13387 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
13388 }
13389
13390 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
13391 return NULL;
13392 }
13393
13394 void
13395 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
13396 {
13397 if (b->thread != -1)
13398 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
13399
13400 if (b->task != 0)
13401 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
13402
13403 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
13404 }
13405
13406 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
13407 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
13408 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
13409 non-zero. */
13410
13411 static void
13412 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
13413 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
13414 {
13415 struct breakpoint *tp;
13416 int any = 0;
13417 char *pathname;
13418 struct cleanup *cleanup;
13419 struct ui_file *fp;
13420 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
13421
13422 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
13423 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
13424
13425 /* See if we have anything to save. */
13426 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
13427 {
13428 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
13429 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
13430 continue;
13431
13432 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
13433 if (filter && !filter (tp))
13434 continue;
13435
13436 any = 1;
13437
13438 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
13439 {
13440 extra_trace_bits = 1;
13441
13442 /* We can stop searching. */
13443 break;
13444 }
13445 }
13446
13447 if (!any)
13448 {
13449 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
13450 return;
13451 }
13452
13453 pathname = tilde_expand (filename);
13454 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
13455 fp = gdb_fopen (pathname, "w");
13456 if (!fp)
13457 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
13458 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
13459 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
13460
13461 if (extra_trace_bits)
13462 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
13463
13464 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
13465 {
13466 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
13467 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
13468 continue;
13469
13470 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
13471 if (filter && !filter (tp))
13472 continue;
13473
13474 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
13475
13476 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
13477 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
13478 instead. */
13479
13480 if (tp->cond_string)
13481 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
13482
13483 if (tp->ignore_count)
13484 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
13485
13486 if (tp->commands)
13487 {
13488 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
13489
13490 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
13491
13492 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
13493 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
13494 {
13495 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
13496 }
13497 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
13498
13499 if (ex.reason < 0)
13500 throw_exception (ex);
13501
13502 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
13503 }
13504
13505 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
13506 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
13507
13508 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
13509 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
13510 special, and not user visible. */
13511 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
13512 {
13513 struct bp_location *loc;
13514 int n = 1;
13515
13516 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
13517 if (!loc->enabled)
13518 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
13519 }
13520 }
13521
13522 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
13523 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
13524
13525 do_cleanups (cleanup);
13526 if (from_tty)
13527 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
13528 }
13529
13530 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
13531
13532 static void
13533 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13534 {
13535 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
13536 }
13537
13538 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
13539
13540 static void
13541 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13542 {
13543 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
13544 }
13545
13546 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
13547
13548 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
13549 all_tracepoints (void)
13550 {
13551 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
13552 struct breakpoint *tp;
13553
13554 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
13555 {
13556 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
13557 }
13558
13559 return tp_vec;
13560 }
13561
13562 \f
13563 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
13564 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
13565 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
13566 command. */
13567 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
13568 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
13569 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
13570 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
13571 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
13572 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
13573 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
13574 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
13575 \n\
13576 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
13577 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
13578 \n\
13579 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
13580 conditions are different.\n\
13581 \n\
13582 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
13583
13584 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
13585 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
13586
13587 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
13588 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
13589
13590 void
13591 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
13592 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
13593 struct cmd_list_element *command),
13594 char **(*completer) (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
13595 char *text, char *word),
13596 void *user_data_catch,
13597 void *user_data_tcatch)
13598 {
13599 struct cmd_list_element *command;
13600
13601 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
13602 &catch_cmdlist);
13603 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
13604 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
13605 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
13606
13607 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
13608 &tcatch_cmdlist);
13609 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
13610 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
13611 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
13612 }
13613
13614 static void
13615 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
13616 {
13617 inf->total_syscalls_count = 0;
13618 inf->any_syscall_count = 0;
13619 VEC_free (int, inf->syscalls_counts);
13620 }
13621
13622 static void
13623 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13624 {
13625 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
13626 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
13627 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
13628 }
13629
13630 struct breakpoint *
13631 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
13632 void *data)
13633 {
13634 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13635
13636 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13637 {
13638 if ((*callback) (b, data))
13639 return b;
13640 }
13641
13642 return NULL;
13643 }
13644
13645 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
13646 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
13647
13648 static int
13649 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
13650 {
13651 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
13652 non-inline function. */
13653 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
13654 return 1;
13655
13656 return 0;
13657 }
13658
13659 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
13660 have been inlined. */
13661
13662 int
13663 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
13664 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13665 {
13666 struct breakpoint *b;
13667 struct bp_location *bl;
13668
13669 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13670 {
13671 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
13672 continue;
13673
13674 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
13675 {
13676 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
13677 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
13678 return 1;
13679 }
13680 }
13681
13682 return 0;
13683 }
13684
13685 void
13686 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
13687 {
13688 static int initialized = 0;
13689
13690 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
13691
13692 if (initialized)
13693 return;
13694 initialized = 1;
13695
13696 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
13697 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
13698 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
13699 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
13700 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13701 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
13702 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
13703 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
13704 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
13705 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
13706 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
13707 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
13708
13709 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
13710 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
13711 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
13712 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
13713 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
13714 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
13715 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
13716 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
13717
13718 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
13719 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
13720 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
13721 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
13722 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
13723 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
13724 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
13725 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
13726 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
13727 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
13728
13729 /* Internal breakpoints. */
13730 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
13731 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
13732 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
13733 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
13734 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
13735 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
13736
13737 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
13738 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
13739 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
13740 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
13741 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
13742 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
13743 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
13744
13745 /* GNU v3 exception catchpoints. */
13746 ops = &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
13747 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
13748 ops->print_it = print_it_exception_catchpoint;
13749 ops->print_one = print_one_exception_catchpoint;
13750 ops->print_mention = print_mention_exception_catchpoint;
13751 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_exception_catchpoint;
13752
13753 /* Watchpoints. */
13754 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
13755 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13756 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
13757 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
13758 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
13759 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
13760 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
13761 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
13762 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
13763 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
13764 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
13765 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
13766 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
13767
13768 /* Masked watchpoints. */
13769 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
13770 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
13771 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
13772 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
13773 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
13774 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
13775 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
13776 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
13777 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
13778 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
13779
13780 /* Tracepoints. */
13781 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13782 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13783 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
13784 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
13785 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
13786 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
13787 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
13788 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
13789 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
13790 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
13791
13792 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
13793 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13794 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13795 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
13796 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
13797 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
13798
13799 /* Fork catchpoints. */
13800 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
13801 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13802 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
13803 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
13804 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
13805 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
13806 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
13807 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
13808 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
13809
13810 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
13811 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
13812 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13813 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
13814 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
13815 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
13816 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
13817 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
13818 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
13819 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
13820
13821 /* Exec catchpoints. */
13822 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
13823 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13824 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
13825 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
13826 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
13827 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
13828 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
13829 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
13830 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
13831 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
13832
13833 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
13834 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
13835 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13836 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
13837 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
13838 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
13839 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
13840 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
13841 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
13842 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
13843 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
13844 }
13845
13846 void
13847 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
13848 {
13849 struct cmd_list_element *c;
13850
13851 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
13852
13853 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
13854 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
13855 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
13856
13857 breakpoint_objfile_key = register_objfile_data ();
13858
13859 breakpoint_chain = 0;
13860 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
13861 before a breakpoint is set. */
13862 breakpoint_count = 0;
13863
13864 tracepoint_count = 0;
13865
13866 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
13867 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
13868 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
13869 if (xdb_commands)
13870 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
13871
13872 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
13873 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
13874 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
13875 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
13876 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
13877 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
13878 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
13879 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
13880
13881 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
13882 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
13883 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
13884 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
13885
13886 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
13887 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
13888 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
13889 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
13890 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
13891 \n"
13892 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
13893 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13894
13895 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
13896 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
13897 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
13898 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
13899 \n"
13900 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
13901 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13902
13903 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
13904 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
13905 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
13906 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
13907 \n"
13908 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
13909 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13910
13911 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
13912 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13913 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13914 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
13915 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13916 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
13917 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
13918 if (xdb_commands)
13919 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
13920 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13921 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13922 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
13923 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13924 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
13925
13926 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
13927
13928 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
13929 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13930 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13931 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13932 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
13933 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
13934
13935 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
13936 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13937 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
13938 &enablebreaklist);
13939
13940 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
13941 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13942 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
13943 &enablebreaklist);
13944
13945 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
13946 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13947 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
13948 &enablelist);
13949
13950 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
13951 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13952 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
13953 &enablelist);
13954
13955 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
13956 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13957 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13958 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13959 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
13960 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
13961 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
13962 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
13963 if (xdb_commands)
13964 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
13965 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13966 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13967 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13968 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
13969
13970 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
13971 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13972 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13973 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13974 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
13975 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
13976 &disablelist);
13977
13978 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
13979 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
13980 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13981 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13982 \n\
13983 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
13984 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
13985 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
13986 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
13987 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
13988 if (xdb_commands)
13989 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
13990 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
13991 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13992 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
13993
13994 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
13995 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
13996 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13997 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13998 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
13999 &deletelist);
14000
14001 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
14002 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
14003 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
14004 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
14005 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
14006 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
14007 \n\
14008 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
14009 is executing in.\n\
14010 \n\
14011 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
14012 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
14013
14014 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
14015 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
14016 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
14017 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
14018
14019 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
14020 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
14021 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
14022 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
14023
14024 if (xdb_commands)
14025 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
14026
14027 if (dbx_commands)
14028 {
14029 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
14030 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
14031 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
14032 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
14033 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
14034 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
14035 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
14036 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
14037 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
14038 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
14039 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
14040 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
14041 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
14042 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
14043 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
14044 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
14045 \n\
14046 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
14047 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
14048 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
14049 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
14050 breakpoint set."));
14051 }
14052
14053 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
14054 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
14055 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
14056 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
14057 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
14058 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
14059 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
14060 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
14061 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
14062 \n\
14063 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
14064 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
14065 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
14066 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
14067 breakpoint set."));
14068
14069 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
14070
14071 if (xdb_commands)
14072 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
14073 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
14074 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
14075 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
14076 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
14077 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
14078 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
14079 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
14080 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
14081 \n\
14082 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
14083 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
14084 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
14085 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
14086 breakpoint set."));
14087
14088 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
14089 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
14090 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
14091 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
14092 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
14093 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
14094 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
14095 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
14096 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
14097 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
14098 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
14099 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
14100 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
14101 \n\
14102 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
14103 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
14104 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
14105 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
14106 breakpoint set."),
14107 &maintenanceinfolist);
14108
14109 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
14110 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
14111 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
14112 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
14113
14114 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
14115 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
14116 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
14117 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
14118
14119 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
14120 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
14121 Catch an exception, when caught."),
14122 catch_catch_command,
14123 NULL,
14124 CATCH_PERMANENT,
14125 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
14126 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
14127 Catch an exception, when thrown."),
14128 catch_throw_command,
14129 NULL,
14130 CATCH_PERMANENT,
14131 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
14132 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
14133 catch_fork_command_1,
14134 NULL,
14135 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
14136 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
14137 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
14138 catch_fork_command_1,
14139 NULL,
14140 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
14141 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
14142 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
14143 catch_exec_command_1,
14144 NULL,
14145 CATCH_PERMANENT,
14146 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
14147 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
14148 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
14149 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
14150 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
14151 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
14152 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
14153 catch_syscall_command_1,
14154 catch_syscall_completer,
14155 CATCH_PERMANENT,
14156 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
14157
14158 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
14159 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
14160 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
14161 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
14162 an expression changes.\n\
14163 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
14164 the memory to which it refers."));
14165 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
14166
14167 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
14168 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
14169 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
14170 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
14171 an expression is read.\n\
14172 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
14173 the memory to which it refers."));
14174 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
14175
14176 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
14177 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
14178 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
14179 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
14180 an expression is either read or written.\n\
14181 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
14182 the memory to which it refers."));
14183 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
14184
14185 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
14186 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
14187
14188 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
14189 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
14190 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
14191 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
14192 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
14193 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
14194 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
14195 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
14196 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
14197 hardware.)"),
14198 NULL,
14199 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
14200 &setlist, &showlist);
14201
14202 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
14203
14204 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
14205
14206 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
14207 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
14208 \n"
14209 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
14210 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
14211 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
14212
14213 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
14214 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
14215 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
14216 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
14217
14218 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
14219 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
14220 \n"
14221 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
14222 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
14223 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
14224
14225 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
14226 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
14227 \n\
14228 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
14229 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
14230 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
14231 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
14232 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
14233 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
14234 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
14235 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
14236 the selected stack frame.\n\
14237 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
14238 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
14239 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
14240 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
14241 \n\
14242 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
14243 \n\
14244 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
14245 conditions are different.\n\
14246 \n\
14247 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
14248 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
14249 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
14250
14251 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
14252 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
14253 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
14254 last tracepoint set."));
14255
14256 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
14257
14258 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
14259 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
14260 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
14261 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
14262 &deletelist);
14263
14264 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
14265 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
14266 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
14267 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
14268 &disablelist);
14269 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
14270
14271 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
14272 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
14273 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
14274 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
14275 &enablelist);
14276 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
14277
14278 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
14279 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
14280 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
14281 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
14282 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
14283
14284 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
14285 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
14286 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
14287 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
14288
14289 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
14290 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
14291 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
14292 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
14293 session to restore them."),
14294 &save_cmdlist);
14295 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
14296
14297 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
14298 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
14299 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
14300 &save_cmdlist);
14301 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
14302
14303 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
14304 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
14305
14306 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
14307 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
14308 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
14309 pending breakpoint behavior"),
14310 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
14311 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
14312 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
14313 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
14314 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
14315 pending breakpoint behavior"),
14316 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
14317 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
14318
14319 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
14320 &pending_break_support, _("\
14321 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
14322 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
14323 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
14324 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
14325 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
14326 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
14327 NULL,
14328 show_pending_break_support,
14329 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
14330 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
14331
14332 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
14333
14334 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
14335 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
14336 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
14337 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
14338 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
14339 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
14340 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
14341 NULL,
14342 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
14343 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
14344 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
14345
14346 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
14347 always_inserted_enums, &always_inserted_mode, _("\
14348 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
14349 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
14350 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
14351 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
14352 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
14353 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
14354 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
14355 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
14356 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
14357 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
14358 NULL,
14359 &show_always_inserted_mode,
14360 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
14361 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
14362
14363 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
14364 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
14365 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
14366 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
14367 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
14368 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
14369 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
14370 or the start of the range\n\
14371 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
14372 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
14373 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
14374 \n\
14375 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
14376 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
14377 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
14378
14379 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
14380
14381 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
14382 }
This page took 0.370079 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.